clang 23.0.0git
Index.h
Go to the documentation of this file.
1/*===-- clang-c/Index.h - Indexing Public C Interface -------------*- C -*-===*\
2|* *|
3|* Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM *|
4|* Exceptions. *|
5|* See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information. *|
6|* SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception *|
7|* *|
8|*===----------------------------------------------------------------------===*|
9|* *|
10|* This header provides a public interface to a Clang library for extracting *|
11|* high-level symbol information from source files without exposing the full *|
12|* Clang C++ API. *|
13|* *|
14\*===----------------------------------------------------------------------===*/
15
16#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_C_INDEX_H
17#define LLVM_CLANG_C_INDEX_H
18
19#include "clang-c/BuildSystem.h"
21#include "clang-c/CXErrorCode.h"
22#include "clang-c/CXFile.h"
24#include "clang-c/CXString.h"
25#include "clang-c/ExternC.h"
26#include "clang-c/Platform.h"
27
28/**
29 * The version constants for the libclang API.
30 * CINDEX_VERSION_MINOR should increase when there are API additions.
31 * CINDEX_VERSION_MAJOR is intended for "major" source/ABI breaking changes.
32 *
33 * The policy about the libclang API was always to keep it source and ABI
34 * compatible, thus CINDEX_VERSION_MAJOR is expected to remain stable.
35 */
36#define CINDEX_VERSION_MAJOR 0
37#define CINDEX_VERSION_MINOR 64
38
39#define CINDEX_VERSION_ENCODE(major, minor) (((major) * 10000) + ((minor) * 1))
40
41#define CINDEX_VERSION \
42 CINDEX_VERSION_ENCODE(CINDEX_VERSION_MAJOR, CINDEX_VERSION_MINOR)
43
44#define CINDEX_VERSION_STRINGIZE_(major, minor) #major "." #minor
45#define CINDEX_VERSION_STRINGIZE(major, minor) \
46 CINDEX_VERSION_STRINGIZE_(major, minor)
47
48#define CINDEX_VERSION_STRING \
49 CINDEX_VERSION_STRINGIZE(CINDEX_VERSION_MAJOR, CINDEX_VERSION_MINOR)
50
51#ifndef __has_feature
52#define __has_feature(feature) 0
53#endif
54
56
57/** \defgroup CINDEX libclang: C Interface to Clang
58 *
59 * The C Interface to Clang provides a relatively small API that exposes
60 * facilities for parsing source code into an abstract syntax tree (AST),
61 * loading already-parsed ASTs, traversing the AST, associating
62 * physical source locations with elements within the AST, and other
63 * facilities that support Clang-based development tools.
64 *
65 * This C interface to Clang will never provide all of the information
66 * representation stored in Clang's C++ AST, nor should it: the intent is to
67 * maintain an API that is relatively stable from one release to the next,
68 * providing only the basic functionality needed to support development tools.
69 *
70 * To avoid namespace pollution, data types are prefixed with "CX" and
71 * functions are prefixed with "clang_".
72 *
73 * @{
74 */
75
76/**
77 * An "index" that consists of a set of translation units that would
78 * typically be linked together into an executable or library.
79 */
80typedef void *CXIndex;
81
82/**
83 * An opaque type representing target information for a given translation
84 * unit.
85 */
86typedef struct CXTargetInfoImpl *CXTargetInfo;
87
88/**
89 * A single translation unit, which resides in an index.
90 */
91typedef struct CXTranslationUnitImpl *CXTranslationUnit;
92
93/**
94 * Opaque pointer representing client data that will be passed through
95 * to various callbacks and visitors.
96 */
97typedef void *CXClientData;
98
99/**
100 * Provides the contents of a file that has not yet been saved to disk.
101 *
102 * Each CXUnsavedFile instance provides the name of a file on the
103 * system along with the current contents of that file that have not
104 * yet been saved to disk.
105 */
107 /**
108 * The file whose contents have not yet been saved.
109 *
110 * This file must already exist in the file system.
111 */
112 const char *Filename;
113
114 /**
115 * A buffer containing the unsaved contents of this file.
116 */
117 const char *Contents;
118
119 /**
120 * The length of the unsaved contents of this buffer.
121 */
122 unsigned long Length;
123};
124
125/**
126 * Describes the availability of a particular entity, which indicates
127 * whether the use of this entity will result in a warning or error due to
128 * it being deprecated or unavailable.
129 */
131 /**
132 * The entity is available.
133 */
135 /**
136 * The entity is available, but has been deprecated (and its use is
137 * not recommended).
138 */
140 /**
141 * The entity is not available; any use of it will be an error.
142 */
144 /**
145 * The entity is available, but not accessible; any use of it will be
146 * an error.
147 */
149};
150
151/**
152 * Describes a version number of the form major.minor.subminor.
153 */
154typedef struct CXVersion {
155 /**
156 * The major version number, e.g., the '10' in '10.7.3'. A negative
157 * value indicates that there is no version number at all.
158 */
159 int Major;
160 /**
161 * The minor version number, e.g., the '7' in '10.7.3'. This value
162 * will be negative if no minor version number was provided, e.g., for
163 * version '10'.
164 */
165 int Minor;
166 /**
167 * The subminor version number, e.g., the '3' in '10.7.3'. This value
168 * will be negative if no minor or subminor version number was provided,
169 * e.g., in version '10' or '10.7'.
170 */
173
174/**
175 * Describes the exception specification of a cursor.
176 *
177 * A negative value indicates that the cursor is not a function declaration.
178 */
180 /**
181 * The cursor has no exception specification.
182 */
184
185 /**
186 * The cursor has exception specification throw()
187 */
189
190 /**
191 * The cursor has exception specification throw(T1, T2)
192 */
194
195 /**
196 * The cursor has exception specification throw(...).
197 */
199
200 /**
201 * The cursor has exception specification basic noexcept.
202 */
204
205 /**
206 * The cursor has exception specification computed noexcept.
207 */
209
210 /**
211 * The exception specification has not yet been evaluated.
212 */
214
215 /**
216 * The exception specification has not yet been instantiated.
217 */
219
220 /**
221 * The exception specification has not been parsed yet.
222 */
224
225 /**
226 * The cursor has a __declspec(nothrow) exception specification.
227 */
229};
230
231/**
232 * Provides a shared context for creating translation units.
233 *
234 * It provides two options:
235 *
236 * - excludeDeclarationsFromPCH: When non-zero, allows enumeration of "local"
237 * declarations (when loading any new translation units). A "local" declaration
238 * is one that belongs in the translation unit itself and not in a precompiled
239 * header that was used by the translation unit. If zero, all declarations
240 * will be enumerated.
241 *
242 * Here is an example:
243 *
244 * \code
245 * // excludeDeclsFromPCH = 1, displayDiagnostics=1
246 * Idx = clang_createIndex(1, 1);
247 *
248 * // IndexTest.pch was produced with the following command:
249 * // "clang -x c IndexTest.h -emit-ast -o IndexTest.pch"
250 * TU = clang_createTranslationUnit(Idx, "IndexTest.pch");
251 *
252 * // This will load all the symbols from 'IndexTest.pch'
253 * clang_visitChildren(clang_getTranslationUnitCursor(TU),
254 * TranslationUnitVisitor, 0);
255 * clang_disposeTranslationUnit(TU);
256 *
257 * // This will load all the symbols from 'IndexTest.c', excluding symbols
258 * // from 'IndexTest.pch'.
259 * char *args[] = { "-Xclang", "-include-pch=IndexTest.pch" };
260 * TU = clang_createTranslationUnitFromSourceFile(Idx, "IndexTest.c", 2, args,
261 * 0, 0);
262 * clang_visitChildren(clang_getTranslationUnitCursor(TU),
263 * TranslationUnitVisitor, 0);
264 * clang_disposeTranslationUnit(TU);
265 * \endcode
266 *
267 * This process of creating the 'pch', loading it separately, and using it (via
268 * -include-pch) allows 'excludeDeclsFromPCH' to remove redundant callbacks
269 * (which gives the indexer the same performance benefit as the compiler).
270 */
271CINDEX_LINKAGE CXIndex clang_createIndex(int excludeDeclarationsFromPCH,
272 int displayDiagnostics);
273
274/**
275 * Destroy the given index.
276 *
277 * The index must not be destroyed until all of the translation units created
278 * within that index have been destroyed.
279 */
281
282typedef enum {
283 /**
284 * Use the default value of an option that may depend on the process
285 * environment.
286 */
288 /**
289 * Enable the option.
290 */
292 /**
293 * Disable the option.
294 */
296} CXChoice;
297
298typedef enum {
299 /**
300 * Used to indicate that no special CXIndex options are needed.
301 */
303
304 /**
305 * Used to indicate that threads that libclang creates for indexing
306 * purposes should use background priority.
307 *
308 * Affects #clang_indexSourceFile, #clang_indexTranslationUnit,
309 * #clang_parseTranslationUnit, #clang_saveTranslationUnit.
310 */
312
313 /**
314 * Used to indicate that threads that libclang creates for editing
315 * purposes should use background priority.
316 *
317 * Affects #clang_reparseTranslationUnit, #clang_codeCompleteAt,
318 * #clang_annotateTokens
319 */
321
322 /**
323 * Used to indicate that all threads that libclang creates should use
324 * background priority.
325 */
329
331
332/**
333 * Index initialization options.
334 *
335 * 0 is the default value of each member of this struct except for Size.
336 * Initialize the struct in one of the following three ways to avoid adapting
337 * code each time a new member is added to it:
338 * \code
339 * CXIndexOptions Opts;
340 * memset(&Opts, 0, sizeof(Opts));
341 * Opts.Size = sizeof(CXIndexOptions);
342 * \endcode
343 * or explicitly initialize the first data member and zero-initialize the rest:
344 * \code
345 * CXIndexOptions Opts = { sizeof(CXIndexOptions) };
346 * \endcode
347 * or to prevent the -Wmissing-field-initializers warning for the above version:
348 * \code
349 * CXIndexOptions Opts{};
350 * Opts.Size = sizeof(CXIndexOptions);
351 * \endcode
352 */
353typedef struct CXIndexOptions {
354 /**
355 * The size of struct CXIndexOptions used for option versioning.
356 *
357 * Always initialize this member to sizeof(CXIndexOptions), or assign
358 * sizeof(CXIndexOptions) to it right after creating a CXIndexOptions object.
359 */
360 unsigned Size;
361 /**
362 * A CXChoice enumerator that specifies the indexing priority policy.
363 * \sa CXGlobalOpt_ThreadBackgroundPriorityForIndexing
364 */
366 /**
367 * A CXChoice enumerator that specifies the editing priority policy.
368 * \sa CXGlobalOpt_ThreadBackgroundPriorityForEditing
369 */
371 /**
372 * \see clang_createIndex()
373 */
375 /**
376 * \see clang_createIndex()
377 */
378 unsigned DisplayDiagnostics : 1;
379 /**
380 * Store PCH in memory. If zero, PCH are stored in temporary files.
381 */
383 unsigned /*Reserved*/ : 13;
384
385 /**
386 * The path to a directory, in which to store temporary PCH files. If null or
387 * empty, the default system temporary directory is used. These PCH files are
388 * deleted on clean exit but stay on disk if the program crashes or is killed.
389 *
390 * This option is ignored if \a StorePreamblesInMemory is non-zero.
391 *
392 * Libclang does not create the directory at the specified path in the file
393 * system. Therefore it must exist, or storing PCH files will fail.
394 */
396 /**
397 * Specifies a path which will contain log files for certain libclang
398 * invocations. A null value implies that libclang invocations are not logged.
399 */
402
403/**
404 * Provides a shared context for creating translation units.
405 *
406 * Call this function instead of clang_createIndex() if you need to configure
407 * the additional options in CXIndexOptions.
408 *
409 * \returns The created index or null in case of error, such as an unsupported
410 * value of options->Size.
411 *
412 * For example:
413 * \code
414 * CXIndex createIndex(const char *ApplicationTemporaryPath) {
415 * const int ExcludeDeclarationsFromPCH = 1;
416 * const int DisplayDiagnostics = 1;
417 * CXIndex Idx;
418 * #if CINDEX_VERSION_MINOR >= 64
419 * CXIndexOptions Opts;
420 * memset(&Opts, 0, sizeof(Opts));
421 * Opts.Size = sizeof(CXIndexOptions);
422 * Opts.ThreadBackgroundPriorityForIndexing = 1;
423 * Opts.ExcludeDeclarationsFromPCH = ExcludeDeclarationsFromPCH;
424 * Opts.DisplayDiagnostics = DisplayDiagnostics;
425 * Opts.PreambleStoragePath = ApplicationTemporaryPath;
426 * Idx = clang_createIndexWithOptions(&Opts);
427 * if (Idx)
428 * return Idx;
429 * fprintf(stderr,
430 * "clang_createIndexWithOptions() failed. "
431 * "CINDEX_VERSION_MINOR = %d, sizeof(CXIndexOptions) = %u\n",
432 * CINDEX_VERSION_MINOR, Opts.Size);
433 * #else
434 * (void)ApplicationTemporaryPath;
435 * #endif
436 * Idx = clang_createIndex(ExcludeDeclarationsFromPCH, DisplayDiagnostics);
437 * clang_CXIndex_setGlobalOptions(
438 * Idx, clang_CXIndex_getGlobalOptions(Idx) |
439 * CXGlobalOpt_ThreadBackgroundPriorityForIndexing);
440 * return Idx;
441 * }
442 * \endcode
443 *
444 * \sa clang_createIndex()
445 */
448
449/**
450 * Sets general options associated with a CXIndex.
451 *
452 * This function is DEPRECATED. Set
453 * CXIndexOptions::ThreadBackgroundPriorityForIndexing and/or
454 * CXIndexOptions::ThreadBackgroundPriorityForEditing and call
455 * clang_createIndexWithOptions() instead.
456 *
457 * For example:
458 * \code
459 * CXIndex idx = ...;
460 * clang_CXIndex_setGlobalOptions(idx,
461 * clang_CXIndex_getGlobalOptions(idx) |
462 * CXGlobalOpt_ThreadBackgroundPriorityForIndexing);
463 * \endcode
464 *
465 * \param options A bitmask of options, a bitwise OR of CXGlobalOpt_XXX flags.
466 */
468
469/**
470 * Gets the general options associated with a CXIndex.
471 *
472 * This function allows to obtain the final option values used by libclang after
473 * specifying the option policies via CXChoice enumerators.
474 *
475 * \returns A bitmask of options, a bitwise OR of CXGlobalOpt_XXX flags that
476 * are associated with the given CXIndex object.
477 */
479
480/**
481 * Sets the invocation emission path option in a CXIndex.
482 *
483 * This function is DEPRECATED. Set CXIndexOptions::InvocationEmissionPath and
484 * call clang_createIndexWithOptions() instead.
485 *
486 * The invocation emission path specifies a path which will contain log
487 * files for certain libclang invocations. A null value (default) implies that
488 * libclang invocations are not logged..
489 */
492
493/**
494 * Determine whether the given header is guarded against
495 * multiple inclusions, either with the conventional
496 * \#ifndef/\#define/\#endif macro guards or with \#pragma once.
497 */
499 CXFile file);
500
501/**
502 * Retrieve a file handle within the given translation unit.
503 *
504 * \param tu the translation unit
505 *
506 * \param file_name the name of the file.
507 *
508 * \returns the file handle for the named file in the translation unit \p tu,
509 * or a NULL file handle if the file was not a part of this translation unit.
510 */
512 const char *file_name);
513
514/**
515 * Retrieve the buffer associated with the given file.
516 *
517 * \param tu the translation unit
518 *
519 * \param file the file for which to retrieve the buffer.
520 *
521 * \param size [out] if non-NULL, will be set to the size of the buffer.
522 *
523 * \returns a pointer to the buffer in memory that holds the contents of
524 * \p file, or a NULL pointer when the file is not loaded.
525 */
527 CXFile file, size_t *size);
528
529/**
530 * Retrieves the source location associated with a given file/line/column
531 * in a particular translation unit.
532 */
534 CXFile file, unsigned line,
535 unsigned column);
536/**
537 * Retrieves the source location associated with a given character offset
538 * in a particular translation unit.
539 */
541 CXFile file,
542 unsigned offset);
543
544/**
545 * Retrieve all ranges that were skipped by the preprocessor.
546 *
547 * The preprocessor will skip lines when they are surrounded by an
548 * if/ifdef/ifndef directive whose condition does not evaluate to true.
549 */
551 CXFile file);
552
553/**
554 * Retrieve all ranges from all files that were skipped by the
555 * preprocessor.
556 *
557 * The preprocessor will skip lines when they are surrounded by an
558 * if/ifdef/ifndef directive whose condition does not evaluate to true.
559 */
562
563/**
564 * Determine the number of diagnostics produced for the given
565 * translation unit.
566 */
568
569/**
570 * Retrieve a diagnostic associated with the given translation unit.
571 *
572 * \param Unit the translation unit to query.
573 * \param Index the zero-based diagnostic number to retrieve.
574 *
575 * \returns the requested diagnostic. This diagnostic must be freed
576 * via a call to \c clang_disposeDiagnostic().
577 */
579 unsigned Index);
580
581/**
582 * Retrieve the complete set of diagnostics associated with a
583 * translation unit.
584 *
585 * \param Unit the translation unit to query.
586 */
589
590/**
591 * \defgroup CINDEX_TRANSLATION_UNIT Translation unit manipulation
592 *
593 * The routines in this group provide the ability to create and destroy
594 * translation units from files, either by parsing the contents of the files or
595 * by reading in a serialized representation of a translation unit.
596 *
597 * @{
598 */
599
600/**
601 * Get the original translation unit source file name.
602 */
605
606/**
607 * Return the CXTranslationUnit for a given source file and the provided
608 * command line arguments one would pass to the compiler.
609 *
610 * Note: The 'source_filename' argument is optional. If the caller provides a
611 * NULL pointer, the name of the source file is expected to reside in the
612 * specified command line arguments.
613 *
614 * Note: When encountered in 'clang_command_line_args', the following options
615 * are ignored:
616 *
617 * '-c'
618 * '-emit-ast'
619 * '-fsyntax-only'
620 * '-o <output file>' (both '-o' and '<output file>' are ignored)
621 *
622 * \param CIdx The index object with which the translation unit will be
623 * associated.
624 *
625 * \param source_filename The name of the source file to load, or NULL if the
626 * source file is included in \p clang_command_line_args.
627 *
628 * \param num_clang_command_line_args The number of command-line arguments in
629 * \p clang_command_line_args.
630 *
631 * \param clang_command_line_args The command-line arguments that would be
632 * passed to the \c clang executable if it were being invoked out-of-process.
633 * These command-line options will be parsed and will affect how the translation
634 * unit is parsed. Note that the following options are ignored: '-c',
635 * '-emit-ast', '-fsyntax-only' (which is the default), and '-o <output file>'.
636 *
637 * \param num_unsaved_files the number of unsaved file entries in \p
638 * unsaved_files.
639 *
640 * \param unsaved_files the files that have not yet been saved to disk
641 * but may be required for code completion, including the contents of
642 * those files. The contents and name of these files (as specified by
643 * CXUnsavedFile) are copied when necessary, so the client only needs to
644 * guarantee their validity until the call to this function returns.
645 */
647 CXIndex CIdx, const char *source_filename, int num_clang_command_line_args,
648 const char *const *clang_command_line_args, unsigned num_unsaved_files,
649 struct CXUnsavedFile *unsaved_files);
650
651/**
652 * Same as \c clang_createTranslationUnit2, but returns
653 * the \c CXTranslationUnit instead of an error code. In case of an error this
654 * routine returns a \c NULL \c CXTranslationUnit, without further detailed
655 * error codes.
656 */
658clang_createTranslationUnit(CXIndex CIdx, const char *ast_filename);
659
660/**
661 * Create a translation unit from an AST file (\c -emit-ast).
662 *
663 * \param[out] out_TU A non-NULL pointer to store the created
664 * \c CXTranslationUnit.
665 *
666 * \returns Zero on success, otherwise returns an error code.
667 */
669clang_createTranslationUnit2(CXIndex CIdx, const char *ast_filename,
670 CXTranslationUnit *out_TU);
671
672/**
673 * Flags that control the creation of translation units.
674 *
675 * The enumerators in this enumeration type are meant to be bitwise
676 * ORed together to specify which options should be used when
677 * constructing the translation unit.
678 */
680 /**
681 * Used to indicate that no special translation-unit options are
682 * needed.
683 */
685
686 /**
687 * Used to indicate that the parser should construct a "detailed"
688 * preprocessing record, including all macro definitions and instantiations.
689 *
690 * Constructing a detailed preprocessing record requires more memory
691 * and time to parse, since the information contained in the record
692 * is usually not retained. However, it can be useful for
693 * applications that require more detailed information about the
694 * behavior of the preprocessor.
695 */
697
698 /**
699 * Used to indicate that the translation unit is incomplete.
700 *
701 * When a translation unit is considered "incomplete", semantic
702 * analysis that is typically performed at the end of the
703 * translation unit will be suppressed. For example, this suppresses
704 * the completion of tentative declarations in C and of
705 * instantiation of implicitly-instantiation function templates in
706 * C++. This option is typically used when parsing a header with the
707 * intent of producing a precompiled header.
708 */
710
711 /**
712 * Used to indicate that the translation unit should be built with an
713 * implicit precompiled header for the preamble.
714 *
715 * An implicit precompiled header is used as an optimization when a
716 * particular translation unit is likely to be reparsed many times
717 * when the sources aren't changing that often. In this case, an
718 * implicit precompiled header will be built containing all of the
719 * initial includes at the top of the main file (what we refer to as
720 * the "preamble" of the file). In subsequent parses, if the
721 * preamble or the files in it have not changed, \c
722 * clang_reparseTranslationUnit() will re-use the implicit
723 * precompiled header to improve parsing performance.
724 */
726
727 /**
728 * Used to indicate that the translation unit should cache some
729 * code-completion results with each reparse of the source file.
730 *
731 * Caching of code-completion results is a performance optimization that
732 * introduces some overhead to reparsing but improves the performance of
733 * code-completion operations.
734 */
736
737 /**
738 * Used to indicate that the translation unit will be serialized with
739 * \c clang_saveTranslationUnit.
740 *
741 * This option is typically used when parsing a header with the intent of
742 * producing a precompiled header.
743 */
745
746 /**
747 * DEPRECATED: Enabled chained precompiled preambles in C++.
748 *
749 * Note: this is a *temporary* option that is available only while
750 * we are testing C++ precompiled preamble support. It is deprecated.
751 */
753
754 /**
755 * Used to indicate that function/method bodies should be skipped while
756 * parsing.
757 *
758 * This option can be used to search for declarations/definitions while
759 * ignoring the usages.
760 */
762
763 /**
764 * Used to indicate that brief documentation comments should be
765 * included into the set of code completions returned from this translation
766 * unit.
767 */
769
770 /**
771 * Used to indicate that the precompiled preamble should be created on
772 * the first parse. Otherwise it will be created on the first reparse. This
773 * trades runtime on the first parse (serializing the preamble takes time) for
774 * reduced runtime on the second parse (can now reuse the preamble).
775 */
777
778 /**
779 * Do not stop processing when fatal errors are encountered.
780 *
781 * When fatal errors are encountered while parsing a translation unit,
782 * semantic analysis is typically stopped early when compiling code. A common
783 * source for fatal errors are unresolvable include files. For the
784 * purposes of an IDE, this is undesirable behavior and as much information
785 * as possible should be reported. Use this flag to enable this behavior.
786 */
788
789 /**
790 * Sets the preprocessor in a mode for parsing a single file only.
791 */
793
794 /**
795 * Used in combination with CXTranslationUnit_SkipFunctionBodies to
796 * constrain the skipping of function bodies to the preamble.
797 *
798 * The function bodies of the main file are not skipped.
799 */
801
802 /**
803 * Used to indicate that attributed types should be included in CXType.
804 */
806
807 /**
808 * Used to indicate that implicit attributes should be visited.
809 */
811
812 /**
813 * Used to indicate that non-errors from included files should be ignored.
814 *
815 * If set, clang_getDiagnosticSetFromTU() will not report e.g. warnings from
816 * included files anymore. This speeds up clang_getDiagnosticSetFromTU() for
817 * the case where these warnings are not of interest, as for an IDE for
818 * example, which typically shows only the diagnostics in the main file.
819 */
821
822 /**
823 * Tells the preprocessor not to skip excluded conditional blocks.
824 */
826};
827
828/**
829 * Returns the set of flags that is suitable for parsing a translation
830 * unit that is being edited.
831 *
832 * The set of flags returned provide options for \c clang_parseTranslationUnit()
833 * to indicate that the translation unit is likely to be reparsed many times,
834 * either explicitly (via \c clang_reparseTranslationUnit()) or implicitly
835 * (e.g., by code completion (\c clang_codeCompletionAt())). The returned flag
836 * set contains an unspecified set of optimizations (e.g., the precompiled
837 * preamble) geared toward improving the performance of these routines. The
838 * set of optimizations enabled may change from one version to the next.
839 */
841
842/**
843 * Same as \c clang_parseTranslationUnit2, but returns
844 * the \c CXTranslationUnit instead of an error code. In case of an error this
845 * routine returns a \c NULL \c CXTranslationUnit, without further detailed
846 * error codes.
847 */
849 CXIndex CIdx, const char *source_filename,
850 const char *const *command_line_args, int num_command_line_args,
851 struct CXUnsavedFile *unsaved_files, unsigned num_unsaved_files,
852 unsigned options);
853
854/**
855 * Parse the given source file and the translation unit corresponding
856 * to that file.
857 *
858 * This routine is the main entry point for the Clang C API, providing the
859 * ability to parse a source file into a translation unit that can then be
860 * queried by other functions in the API. This routine accepts a set of
861 * command-line arguments so that the compilation can be configured in the same
862 * way that the compiler is configured on the command line.
863 *
864 * \param CIdx The index object with which the translation unit will be
865 * associated.
866 *
867 * \param source_filename The name of the source file to load, or NULL if the
868 * source file is included in \c command_line_args.
869 *
870 * \param command_line_args The command-line arguments that would be
871 * passed to the \c clang executable if it were being invoked out-of-process.
872 * These command-line options will be parsed and will affect how the translation
873 * unit is parsed. Note that the following options are ignored: '-c',
874 * '-emit-ast', '-fsyntax-only' (which is the default), and '-o <output file>'.
875 *
876 * \param num_command_line_args The number of command-line arguments in
877 * \c command_line_args.
878 *
879 * \param unsaved_files the files that have not yet been saved to disk
880 * but may be required for parsing, including the contents of
881 * those files. The contents and name of these files (as specified by
882 * CXUnsavedFile) are copied when necessary, so the client only needs to
883 * guarantee their validity until the call to this function returns.
884 *
885 * \param num_unsaved_files the number of unsaved file entries in \p
886 * unsaved_files.
887 *
888 * \param options A bitmask of options that affects how the translation unit
889 * is managed but not its compilation. This should be a bitwise OR of the
890 * CXTranslationUnit_XXX flags.
891 *
892 * \param[out] out_TU A non-NULL pointer to store the created
893 * \c CXTranslationUnit, describing the parsed code and containing any
894 * diagnostics produced by the compiler.
895 *
896 * \returns Zero on success, otherwise returns an error code.
897 */
899 CXIndex CIdx, const char *source_filename,
900 const char *const *command_line_args, int num_command_line_args,
901 struct CXUnsavedFile *unsaved_files, unsigned num_unsaved_files,
902 unsigned options, CXTranslationUnit *out_TU);
903
904/**
905 * Same as clang_parseTranslationUnit2 but requires a full command line
906 * for \c command_line_args including argv[0]. This is useful if the standard
907 * library paths are relative to the binary.
908 */
910 CXIndex CIdx, const char *source_filename,
911 const char *const *command_line_args, int num_command_line_args,
912 struct CXUnsavedFile *unsaved_files, unsigned num_unsaved_files,
913 unsigned options, CXTranslationUnit *out_TU);
914
915/**
916 * Flags that control how translation units are saved.
917 *
918 * The enumerators in this enumeration type are meant to be bitwise
919 * ORed together to specify which options should be used when
920 * saving the translation unit.
921 */
923 /**
924 * Used to indicate that no special saving options are needed.
925 */
927};
928
929/**
930 * Returns the set of flags that is suitable for saving a translation
931 * unit.
932 *
933 * The set of flags returned provide options for
934 * \c clang_saveTranslationUnit() by default. The returned flag
935 * set contains an unspecified set of options that save translation units with
936 * the most commonly-requested data.
937 */
939
940/**
941 * Describes the kind of error that occurred (if any) in a call to
942 * \c clang_saveTranslationUnit().
943 */
945 /**
946 * Indicates that no error occurred while saving a translation unit.
947 */
949
950 /**
951 * Indicates that an unknown error occurred while attempting to save
952 * the file.
953 *
954 * This error typically indicates that file I/O failed when attempting to
955 * write the file.
956 */
958
959 /**
960 * Indicates that errors during translation prevented this attempt
961 * to save the translation unit.
962 *
963 * Errors that prevent the translation unit from being saved can be
964 * extracted using \c clang_getNumDiagnostics() and \c clang_getDiagnostic().
965 */
967
968 /**
969 * Indicates that the translation unit to be saved was somehow
970 * invalid (e.g., NULL).
971 */
973};
974
975/**
976 * Saves a translation unit into a serialized representation of
977 * that translation unit on disk.
978 *
979 * Any translation unit that was parsed without error can be saved
980 * into a file. The translation unit can then be deserialized into a
981 * new \c CXTranslationUnit with \c clang_createTranslationUnit() or,
982 * if it is an incomplete translation unit that corresponds to a
983 * header, used as a precompiled header when parsing other translation
984 * units.
985 *
986 * \param TU The translation unit to save.
987 *
988 * \param FileName The file to which the translation unit will be saved.
989 *
990 * \param options A bitmask of options that affects how the translation unit
991 * is saved. This should be a bitwise OR of the
992 * CXSaveTranslationUnit_XXX flags.
993 *
994 * \returns A value that will match one of the enumerators of the CXSaveError
995 * enumeration. Zero (CXSaveError_None) indicates that the translation unit was
996 * saved successfully, while a non-zero value indicates that a problem occurred.
997 */
999 const char *FileName,
1000 unsigned options);
1001
1002/**
1003 * Suspend a translation unit in order to free memory associated with it.
1004 *
1005 * A suspended translation unit uses significantly less memory but on the other
1006 * side does not support any other calls than \c clang_reparseTranslationUnit
1007 * to resume it or \c clang_disposeTranslationUnit to dispose it completely.
1008 */
1010
1011/**
1012 * Destroy the specified CXTranslationUnit object.
1013 */
1015
1016/**
1017 * Flags that control the reparsing of translation units.
1018 *
1019 * The enumerators in this enumeration type are meant to be bitwise
1020 * ORed together to specify which options should be used when
1021 * reparsing the translation unit.
1022 */
1024 /**
1025 * Used to indicate that no special reparsing options are needed.
1026 */
1028};
1029
1030/**
1031 * Returns the set of flags that is suitable for reparsing a translation
1032 * unit.
1033 *
1034 * The set of flags returned provide options for
1035 * \c clang_reparseTranslationUnit() by default. The returned flag
1036 * set contains an unspecified set of optimizations geared toward common uses
1037 * of reparsing. The set of optimizations enabled may change from one version
1038 * to the next.
1039 */
1041
1042/**
1043 * Reparse the source files that produced this translation unit.
1044 *
1045 * This routine can be used to re-parse the source files that originally
1046 * created the given translation unit, for example because those source files
1047 * have changed (either on disk or as passed via \p unsaved_files). The
1048 * source code will be reparsed with the same command-line options as it
1049 * was originally parsed.
1050 *
1051 * Reparsing a translation unit invalidates all cursors and source locations
1052 * that refer into that translation unit. This makes reparsing a translation
1053 * unit semantically equivalent to destroying the translation unit and then
1054 * creating a new translation unit with the same command-line arguments.
1055 * However, it may be more efficient to reparse a translation
1056 * unit using this routine.
1057 *
1058 * \param TU The translation unit whose contents will be re-parsed. The
1059 * translation unit must originally have been built with
1060 * \c clang_createTranslationUnitFromSourceFile().
1061 *
1062 * \param num_unsaved_files The number of unsaved file entries in \p
1063 * unsaved_files.
1064 *
1065 * \param unsaved_files The files that have not yet been saved to disk
1066 * but may be required for parsing, including the contents of
1067 * those files. The contents and name of these files (as specified by
1068 * CXUnsavedFile) are copied when necessary, so the client only needs to
1069 * guarantee their validity until the call to this function returns.
1070 *
1071 * \param options A bitset of options composed of the flags in CXReparse_Flags.
1072 * The function \c clang_defaultReparseOptions() produces a default set of
1073 * options recommended for most uses, based on the translation unit.
1074 *
1075 * \returns 0 if the sources could be reparsed. A non-zero error code will be
1076 * returned if reparsing was impossible, such that the translation unit is
1077 * invalid. In such cases, the only valid call for \c TU is
1078 * \c clang_disposeTranslationUnit(TU). The error codes returned by this
1079 * routine are described by the \c CXErrorCode enum.
1080 */
1083 struct CXUnsavedFile *unsaved_files,
1084 unsigned options);
1085
1086/**
1087 * Categorizes how memory is being used by a translation unit.
1088 */
1111
1112/**
1113 * Returns the human-readable null-terminated C string that represents
1114 * the name of the memory category. This string should never be freed.
1115 */
1118
1120 /* The memory usage category. */
1122 /* Amount of resources used.
1123 The units will depend on the resource kind. */
1124 unsigned long amount;
1126
1127/**
1128 * The memory usage of a CXTranslationUnit, broken into categories.
1129 */
1130typedef struct CXTUResourceUsage {
1131 /* Private data member, used for queries. */
1132 void *data;
1133
1134 /* The number of entries in the 'entries' array. */
1135 unsigned numEntries;
1136
1137 /* An array of key-value pairs, representing the breakdown of memory
1138 usage. */
1140
1142
1143/**
1144 * Return the memory usage of a translation unit. This object
1145 * should be released with clang_disposeCXTUResourceUsage().
1146 */
1149
1151
1152/**
1153 * Get target information for this translation unit.
1154 *
1155 * The CXTargetInfo object cannot outlive the CXTranslationUnit object.
1156 */
1159
1160/**
1161 * Destroy the CXTargetInfo object.
1162 */
1164
1165/**
1166 * Get the normalized target triple as a string.
1167 *
1168 * Returns the empty string in case of any error.
1169 */
1171
1172/**
1173 * Get the pointer width of the target in bits.
1174 *
1175 * Returns -1 in case of error.
1176 */
1178
1179/**
1180 * @}
1181 */
1182
1183/**
1184 * Describes the kind of entity that a cursor refers to.
1185 */
1187 /* Declarations */
1188 /**
1189 * A declaration whose specific kind is not exposed via this
1190 * interface.
1191 *
1192 * Unexposed declarations have the same operations as any other kind
1193 * of declaration; one can extract their location information,
1194 * spelling, find their definitions, etc. However, the specific kind
1195 * of the declaration is not reported.
1196 */
1198 /** A C or C++ struct. */
1200 /** A C or C++ union. */
1202 /** A C++ class. */
1204 /** An enumeration. */
1206 /**
1207 * A field (in C) or non-static data member (in C++) in a
1208 * struct, union, or C++ class.
1209 */
1211 /** An enumerator constant. */
1213 /** A function. */
1215 /** A variable. */
1217 /** A function or method parameter. */
1219 /** An Objective-C \@interface. */
1221 /** An Objective-C \@interface for a category. */
1223 /** An Objective-C \@protocol declaration. */
1225 /** An Objective-C \@property declaration. */
1227 /** An Objective-C instance variable. */
1229 /** An Objective-C instance method. */
1231 /** An Objective-C class method. */
1233 /** An Objective-C \@implementation. */
1235 /** An Objective-C \@implementation for a category. */
1237 /** A typedef. */
1239 /** A C++ class method. */
1241 /** A C++ namespace. */
1243 /** A linkage specification, e.g. 'extern "C"'. */
1245 /** A C++ constructor. */
1247 /** A C++ destructor. */
1249 /** A C++ conversion function. */
1251 /** A C++ template type parameter. */
1253 /** A C++ non-type template parameter. */
1255 /** A C++ template template parameter. */
1257 /** A C++ function template. */
1259 /** A C++ class template. */
1261 /** A C++ class template partial specialization. */
1263 /** A C++ namespace alias declaration. */
1265 /** A C++ using directive. */
1267 /** A C++ using declaration. */
1269 /** A C++ alias declaration */
1271 /** An Objective-C \@synthesize definition. */
1273 /** An Objective-C \@dynamic definition. */
1275 /** An access specifier. */
1277
1280
1281 /* References */
1282 CXCursor_FirstRef = 40, /* Decl references */
1286 /**
1287 * A reference to a type declaration.
1288 *
1289 * A type reference occurs anywhere where a type is named but not
1290 * declared. For example, given:
1291 *
1292 * \code
1293 * typedef unsigned size_type;
1294 * size_type size;
1295 * \endcode
1296 *
1297 * The typedef is a declaration of size_type (CXCursor_TypedefDecl),
1298 * while the type of the variable "size" is referenced. The cursor
1299 * referenced by the type of size is the typedef for size_type.
1300 */
1303 /**
1304 * A reference to a class template, function template, template
1305 * template parameter, or class template partial specialization.
1306 */
1308 /**
1309 * A reference to a namespace or namespace alias.
1310 */
1312 /**
1313 * A reference to a member of a struct, union, or class that occurs in
1314 * some non-expression context, e.g., a designated initializer.
1315 */
1317 /**
1318 * A reference to a labeled statement.
1319 *
1320 * This cursor kind is used to describe the jump to "start_over" in the
1321 * goto statement in the following example:
1322 *
1323 * \code
1324 * start_over:
1325 * ++counter;
1326 *
1327 * goto start_over;
1328 * \endcode
1329 *
1330 * A label reference cursor refers to a label statement.
1331 */
1333
1334 /**
1335 * A reference to a set of overloaded functions or function templates
1336 * that has not yet been resolved to a specific function or function template.
1337 *
1338 * An overloaded declaration reference cursor occurs in C++ templates where
1339 * a dependent name refers to a function. For example:
1340 *
1341 * \code
1342 * template<typename T> void swap(T&, T&);
1343 *
1344 * struct X { ... };
1345 * void swap(X&, X&);
1346 *
1347 * template<typename T>
1348 * void reverse(T* first, T* last) {
1349 * while (first < last - 1) {
1350 * swap(*first, *--last);
1351 * ++first;
1352 * }
1353 * }
1354 *
1355 * struct Y { };
1356 * void swap(Y&, Y&);
1357 * \endcode
1358 *
1359 * Here, the identifier "swap" is associated with an overloaded declaration
1360 * reference. In the template definition, "swap" refers to either of the two
1361 * "swap" functions declared above, so both results will be available. At
1362 * instantiation time, "swap" may also refer to other functions found via
1363 * argument-dependent lookup (e.g., the "swap" function at the end of the
1364 * example).
1365 *
1366 * The functions \c clang_getNumOverloadedDecls() and
1367 * \c clang_getOverloadedDecl() can be used to retrieve the definitions
1368 * referenced by this cursor.
1369 */
1371
1372 /**
1373 * A reference to a variable that occurs in some non-expression
1374 * context, e.g., a C++ lambda capture list.
1375 */
1377
1379
1380 /* Error conditions */
1387
1388 /* Expressions */
1390
1391 /**
1392 * An expression whose specific kind is not exposed via this
1393 * interface.
1394 *
1395 * Unexposed expressions have the same operations as any other kind
1396 * of expression; one can extract their location information,
1397 * spelling, children, etc. However, the specific kind of the
1398 * expression is not reported.
1399 */
1401
1402 /**
1403 * An expression that refers to some value declaration, such
1404 * as a function, variable, or enumerator.
1405 */
1407
1408 /**
1409 * An expression that refers to a member of a struct, union,
1410 * class, Objective-C class, etc.
1411 */
1413
1414 /** An expression that calls a function. */
1416
1417 /** An expression that sends a message to an Objective-C
1418 object or class. */
1420
1421 /** An expression that represents a block literal. */
1423
1424 /** An integer literal.
1425 */
1427
1428 /** A floating point number literal.
1429 */
1431
1432 /** An imaginary number literal.
1433 */
1435
1436 /** A string literal.
1437 */
1439
1440 /** A character literal.
1441 */
1443
1444 /** A parenthesized expression, e.g. "(1)".
1445 *
1446 * This AST node is only formed if full location information is requested.
1447 */
1449
1450 /** This represents the unary-expression's (except sizeof and
1451 * alignof).
1452 */
1454
1455 /** [C99 6.5.2.1] Array Subscripting.
1456 */
1458
1459 /** A builtin binary operation expression such as "x + y" or
1460 * "x <= y".
1461 */
1463
1464 /** Compound assignment such as "+=".
1465 */
1467
1468 /** The ?: ternary operator.
1469 */
1471
1472 /** An explicit cast in C (C99 6.5.4) or a C-style cast in C++
1473 * (C++ [expr.cast]), which uses the syntax (Type)expr.
1474 *
1475 * For example: (int)f.
1476 */
1478
1479 /** [C99 6.5.2.5]
1480 */
1482
1483 /** Describes an C or C++ initializer list.
1484 */
1486
1487 /** The GNU address of label extension, representing &&label.
1488 */
1490
1491 /** This is the GNU Statement Expression extension: ({int X=4; X;})
1492 */
1494
1495 /** Represents a C11 generic selection.
1496 */
1498
1499 /** Implements the GNU __null extension, which is a name for a null
1500 * pointer constant that has integral type (e.g., int or long) and is the same
1501 * size and alignment as a pointer.
1502 *
1503 * The __null extension is typically only used by system headers, which define
1504 * NULL as __null in C++ rather than using 0 (which is an integer that may not
1505 * match the size of a pointer).
1506 */
1508
1509 /** C++'s static_cast<> expression.
1510 */
1512
1513 /** C++'s dynamic_cast<> expression.
1514 */
1516
1517 /** C++'s reinterpret_cast<> expression.
1518 */
1520
1521 /** C++'s const_cast<> expression.
1522 */
1524
1525 /** Represents an explicit C++ type conversion that uses "functional"
1526 * notion (C++ [expr.type.conv]).
1527 *
1528 * Example:
1529 * \code
1530 * x = int(0.5);
1531 * \endcode
1532 */
1534
1535 /** A C++ typeid expression (C++ [expr.typeid]).
1536 */
1538
1539 /** [C++ 2.13.5] C++ Boolean Literal.
1540 */
1542
1543 /** [C++0x 2.14.7] C++ Pointer Literal.
1544 */
1546
1547 /** Represents the "this" expression in C++
1548 */
1550
1551 /** [C++ 15] C++ Throw Expression.
1552 *
1553 * This handles 'throw' and 'throw' assignment-expression. When
1554 * assignment-expression isn't present, Op will be null.
1555 */
1557
1558 /** A new expression for memory allocation and constructor calls, e.g:
1559 * "new CXXNewExpr(foo)".
1560 */
1562
1563 /** A delete expression for memory deallocation and destructor calls,
1564 * e.g. "delete[] pArray".
1565 */
1567
1568 /** A unary expression. (noexcept, sizeof, or other traits)
1569 */
1571
1572 /** An Objective-C string literal i.e. @"foo".
1573 */
1575
1576 /** An Objective-C \@encode expression.
1577 */
1579
1580 /** An Objective-C \@selector expression.
1581 */
1583
1584 /** An Objective-C \@protocol expression.
1585 */
1587
1588 /** An Objective-C "bridged" cast expression, which casts between
1589 * Objective-C pointers and C pointers, transferring ownership in the process.
1590 *
1591 * \code
1592 * NSString *str = (__bridge_transfer NSString *)CFCreateString();
1593 * \endcode
1594 */
1596
1597 /** Represents a C++0x pack expansion that produces a sequence of
1598 * expressions.
1599 *
1600 * A pack expansion expression contains a pattern (which itself is an
1601 * expression) followed by an ellipsis. For example:
1602 *
1603 * \code
1604 * template<typename F, typename ...Types>
1605 * void forward(F f, Types &&...args) {
1606 * f(static_cast<Types&&>(args)...);
1607 * }
1608 * \endcode
1609 */
1611
1612 /** Represents an expression that computes the length of a parameter
1613 * pack.
1614 *
1615 * \code
1616 * template<typename ...Types>
1617 * struct count {
1618 * static const unsigned value = sizeof...(Types);
1619 * };
1620 * \endcode
1621 */
1623
1624 /* Represents a C++ lambda expression that produces a local function
1625 * object.
1626 *
1627 * \code
1628 * void abssort(float *x, unsigned N) {
1629 * std::sort(x, x + N,
1630 * [](float a, float b) {
1631 * return std::abs(a) < std::abs(b);
1632 * });
1633 * }
1634 * \endcode
1635 */
1637
1638 /** Objective-c Boolean Literal.
1639 */
1641
1642 /** Represents the "self" expression in an Objective-C method.
1643 */
1645
1646 /** OpenMP 5.0 [2.1.5, Array Section].
1647 * OpenACC 3.3 [2.7.1, Data Specification for Data Clauses (Sub Arrays)]
1648 */
1650
1651 /** Represents an @available(...) check.
1652 */
1654
1655 /**
1656 * Fixed point literal
1657 */
1659
1660 /** OpenMP 5.0 [2.1.4, Array Shaping].
1661 */
1663
1664 /**
1665 * OpenMP 5.0 [2.1.6 Iterators]
1666 */
1668
1669 /** OpenCL's addrspace_cast<> expression.
1670 */
1672
1673 /**
1674 * Expression that references a C++20 concept.
1675 */
1677
1678 /**
1679 * Expression that references a C++20 requires expression.
1680 */
1682
1683 /**
1684 * Expression that references a C++20 parenthesized list aggregate
1685 * initializer.
1686 */
1688
1689 /**
1690 * Represents a C++26 pack indexing expression.
1691 */
1693
1695
1696 /* Statements */
1698 /**
1699 * A statement whose specific kind is not exposed via this
1700 * interface.
1701 *
1702 * Unexposed statements have the same operations as any other kind of
1703 * statement; one can extract their location information, spelling,
1704 * children, etc. However, the specific kind of the statement is not
1705 * reported.
1706 */
1708
1709 /** A labelled statement in a function.
1710 *
1711 * This cursor kind is used to describe the "start_over:" label statement in
1712 * the following example:
1713 *
1714 * \code
1715 * start_over:
1716 * ++counter;
1717 * \endcode
1718 *
1719 */
1721
1722 /** A group of statements like { stmt stmt }.
1723 *
1724 * This cursor kind is used to describe compound statements, e.g. function
1725 * bodies.
1726 */
1728
1729 /** A case statement.
1730 */
1732
1733 /** A default statement.
1734 */
1736
1737 /** An if statement
1738 */
1740
1741 /** A switch statement.
1742 */
1744
1745 /** A while statement.
1746 */
1748
1749 /** A do statement.
1750 */
1752
1753 /** A for statement.
1754 */
1756
1757 /** A goto statement.
1758 */
1760
1761 /** An indirect goto statement.
1762 */
1764
1765 /** A continue statement.
1766 */
1768
1769 /** A break statement.
1770 */
1772
1773 /** A return statement.
1774 */
1776
1777 /** A GCC inline assembly statement extension.
1778 */
1781
1782 /** Objective-C's overall \@try-\@catch-\@finally statement.
1783 */
1785
1786 /** Objective-C's \@catch statement.
1787 */
1789
1790 /** Objective-C's \@finally statement.
1791 */
1793
1794 /** Objective-C's \@throw statement.
1795 */
1797
1798 /** Objective-C's \@synchronized statement.
1799 */
1801
1802 /** Objective-C's autorelease pool statement.
1803 */
1805
1806 /** Objective-C's collection statement.
1807 */
1809
1810 /** C++'s catch statement.
1811 */
1813
1814 /** C++'s try statement.
1815 */
1817
1818 /** C++'s for (* : *) statement.
1819 */
1821
1822 /** Windows Structured Exception Handling's try statement.
1823 */
1825
1826 /** Windows Structured Exception Handling's except statement.
1827 */
1829
1830 /** Windows Structured Exception Handling's finally statement.
1831 */
1833
1834 /** A MS inline assembly statement extension.
1835 */
1837
1838 /** The null statement ";": C99 6.8.3p3.
1839 *
1840 * This cursor kind is used to describe the null statement.
1841 */
1843
1844 /** Adaptor class for mixing declarations with statements and
1845 * expressions.
1846 */
1848
1849 /** OpenMP parallel directive.
1850 */
1852
1853 /** OpenMP SIMD directive.
1854 */
1856
1857 /** OpenMP for directive.
1858 */
1860
1861 /** OpenMP sections directive.
1862 */
1864
1865 /** OpenMP section directive.
1866 */
1868
1869 /** OpenMP single directive.
1870 */
1872
1873 /** OpenMP parallel for directive.
1874 */
1876
1877 /** OpenMP parallel sections directive.
1878 */
1880
1881 /** OpenMP task directive.
1882 */
1884
1885 /** OpenMP master directive.
1886 */
1888
1889 /** OpenMP critical directive.
1890 */
1892
1893 /** OpenMP taskyield directive.
1894 */
1896
1897 /** OpenMP barrier directive.
1898 */
1900
1901 /** OpenMP taskwait directive.
1902 */
1904
1905 /** OpenMP flush directive.
1906 */
1908
1909 /** Windows Structured Exception Handling's leave statement.
1910 */
1912
1913 /** OpenMP ordered directive.
1914 */
1916
1917 /** OpenMP atomic directive.
1918 */
1920
1921 /** OpenMP for SIMD directive.
1922 */
1924
1925 /** OpenMP parallel for SIMD directive.
1926 */
1928
1929 /** OpenMP target directive.
1930 */
1932
1933 /** OpenMP teams directive.
1934 */
1936
1937 /** OpenMP taskgroup directive.
1938 */
1940
1941 /** OpenMP cancellation point directive.
1942 */
1944
1945 /** OpenMP cancel directive.
1946 */
1948
1949 /** OpenMP target data directive.
1950 */
1952
1953 /** OpenMP taskloop directive.
1954 */
1956
1957 /** OpenMP taskloop simd directive.
1958 */
1960
1961 /** OpenMP distribute directive.
1962 */
1964
1965 /** OpenMP target enter data directive.
1966 */
1968
1969 /** OpenMP target exit data directive.
1970 */
1972
1973 /** OpenMP target parallel directive.
1974 */
1976
1977 /** OpenMP target parallel for directive.
1978 */
1980
1981 /** OpenMP target update directive.
1982 */
1984
1985 /** OpenMP distribute parallel for directive.
1986 */
1988
1989 /** OpenMP distribute parallel for simd directive.
1990 */
1992
1993 /** OpenMP distribute simd directive.
1994 */
1996
1997 /** OpenMP target parallel for simd directive.
1998 */
2000
2001 /** OpenMP target simd directive.
2002 */
2004
2005 /** OpenMP teams distribute directive.
2006 */
2008
2009 /** OpenMP teams distribute simd directive.
2010 */
2012
2013 /** OpenMP teams distribute parallel for simd directive.
2014 */
2016
2017 /** OpenMP teams distribute parallel for directive.
2018 */
2020
2021 /** OpenMP target teams directive.
2022 */
2024
2025 /** OpenMP target teams distribute directive.
2026 */
2028
2029 /** OpenMP target teams distribute parallel for directive.
2030 */
2032
2033 /** OpenMP target teams distribute parallel for simd directive.
2034 */
2036
2037 /** OpenMP target teams distribute simd directive.
2038 */
2040
2041 /** C++2a std::bit_cast expression.
2042 */
2044
2045 /** OpenMP master taskloop directive.
2046 */
2048
2049 /** OpenMP parallel master taskloop directive.
2050 */
2052
2053 /** OpenMP master taskloop simd directive.
2054 */
2056
2057 /** OpenMP parallel master taskloop simd directive.
2058 */
2060
2061 /** OpenMP parallel master directive.
2062 */
2064
2065 /** OpenMP depobj directive.
2066 */
2068
2069 /** OpenMP scan directive.
2070 */
2072
2073 /** OpenMP tile directive.
2074 */
2076
2077 /** OpenMP canonical loop.
2078 */
2080
2081 /** OpenMP interop directive.
2082 */
2084
2085 /** OpenMP dispatch directive.
2086 */
2088
2089 /** OpenMP masked directive.
2090 */
2092
2093 /** OpenMP unroll directive.
2094 */
2096
2097 /** OpenMP metadirective directive.
2098 */
2100
2101 /** OpenMP loop directive.
2102 */
2104
2105 /** OpenMP teams loop directive.
2106 */
2108
2109 /** OpenMP target teams loop directive.
2110 */
2112
2113 /** OpenMP parallel loop directive.
2114 */
2116
2117 /** OpenMP target parallel loop directive.
2118 */
2120
2121 /** OpenMP parallel masked directive.
2122 */
2124
2125 /** OpenMP masked taskloop directive.
2126 */
2128
2129 /** OpenMP masked taskloop simd directive.
2130 */
2132
2133 /** OpenMP parallel masked taskloop directive.
2134 */
2136
2137 /** OpenMP parallel masked taskloop simd directive.
2138 */
2140
2141 /** OpenMP error directive.
2142 */
2144
2145 /** OpenMP scope directive.
2146 */
2148
2149 /** OpenMP reverse directive.
2150 */
2152
2153 /** OpenMP interchange directive.
2154 */
2156
2157 /** OpenMP assume directive.
2158 */
2160
2161 /** OpenMP assume directive.
2162 */
2164
2165 /** OpenMP fuse directive
2166 */
2168
2169 /** OpenMP split directive.
2170 */
2172
2173 /** OpenACC Compute Construct.
2174 */
2176
2177 /** OpenACC Loop Construct.
2178 */
2180
2181 /** OpenACC Combined Constructs.
2182 */
2184
2185 /** OpenACC data Construct.
2186 */
2188
2189 /** OpenACC enter data Construct.
2190 */
2192
2193 /** OpenACC exit data Construct.
2194 */
2196
2197 /** OpenACC host_data Construct.
2198 */
2200
2201 /** OpenACC wait Construct.
2202 */
2204
2205 /** OpenACC init Construct.
2206 */
2208
2209 /** OpenACC shutdown Construct.
2210 */
2212
2213 /** OpenACC set Construct.
2214 */
2216
2217 /** OpenACC update Construct.
2218 */
2220
2221 /** OpenACC atomic Construct.
2222 */
2224
2225 /** OpenACC cache Construct.
2226 */
2228
2230
2231 /**
2232 * Cursor that represents the translation unit itself.
2233 *
2234 * The translation unit cursor exists primarily to act as the root
2235 * cursor for traversing the contents of a translation unit.
2236 */
2238
2239 /* Attributes */
2241 /**
2242 * An attribute whose specific kind is not exposed via this
2243 * interface.
2244 */
2246
2289
2290 /* Preprocessing */
2298
2299 /* Extra Declarations */
2300 /**
2301 * A module import declaration.
2302 */
2305 /**
2306 * A static_assert or _Static_assert node
2307 */
2309 /**
2310 * a friend declaration.
2311 */
2313 /**
2314 * a concept declaration.
2315 */
2317
2320
2321 /**
2322 * A code completion overload candidate.
2323 */
2325};
2326
2327/**
2328 * A cursor representing some element in the abstract syntax tree for
2329 * a translation unit.
2330 *
2331 * The cursor abstraction unifies the different kinds of entities in a
2332 * program--declaration, statements, expressions, references to declarations,
2333 * etc.--under a single "cursor" abstraction with a common set of operations.
2334 * Common operation for a cursor include: getting the physical location in
2335 * a source file where the cursor points, getting the name associated with a
2336 * cursor, and retrieving cursors for any child nodes of a particular cursor.
2337 *
2338 * Cursors can be produced in two specific ways.
2339 * clang_getTranslationUnitCursor() produces a cursor for a translation unit,
2340 * from which one can use clang_visitChildren() to explore the rest of the
2341 * translation unit. clang_getCursor() maps from a physical source location
2342 * to the entity that resides at that location, allowing one to map from the
2343 * source code into the AST.
2344 */
2345typedef struct {
2348 const void *data[3];
2349} CXCursor;
2350
2351/**
2352 * \defgroup CINDEX_CURSOR_MANIP Cursor manipulations
2353 *
2354 * @{
2355 */
2356
2357/**
2358 * Retrieve the NULL cursor, which represents no entity.
2359 */
2361
2362/**
2363 * Retrieve the cursor that represents the given translation unit.
2364 *
2365 * The translation unit cursor can be used to start traversing the
2366 * various declarations within the given translation unit.
2367 */
2369
2370/**
2371 * Determine whether two cursors are equivalent.
2372 */
2374
2375/**
2376 * Returns non-zero if \p cursor is null.
2377 */
2379
2380/**
2381 * Compute a hash value for the given cursor.
2382 */
2384
2385/**
2386 * Retrieve the kind of the given cursor.
2387 */
2389
2390/**
2391 * Determine whether the given cursor kind represents a declaration.
2392 */
2394
2395/**
2396 * Determine whether the given declaration is invalid.
2397 *
2398 * A declaration is invalid if it could not be parsed successfully.
2399 *
2400 * \returns non-zero if the cursor represents a declaration and it is
2401 * invalid, otherwise zero.
2402 */
2404
2405/**
2406 * Determine whether the given cursor kind represents a simple
2407 * reference.
2408 *
2409 * Note that other kinds of cursors (such as expressions) can also refer to
2410 * other cursors. Use clang_getCursorReferenced() to determine whether a
2411 * particular cursor refers to another entity.
2412 */
2414
2415/**
2416 * Determine whether the given cursor kind represents an expression.
2417 */
2419
2420/**
2421 * Determine whether the given cursor kind represents a statement.
2422 */
2424
2425/**
2426 * Determine whether the given cursor kind represents an attribute.
2427 */
2429
2430/**
2431 * Determine whether the given cursor has any attributes.
2432 */
2434
2435/**
2436 * Determine whether the given cursor kind represents an invalid
2437 * cursor.
2438 */
2440
2441/**
2442 * Determine whether the given cursor kind represents a translation
2443 * unit.
2444 */
2446
2447/***
2448 * Determine whether the given cursor represents a preprocessing
2449 * element, such as a preprocessor directive or macro instantiation.
2450 */
2452
2453/***
2454 * Determine whether the given cursor represents a currently
2455 * unexposed piece of the AST (e.g., CXCursor_UnexposedStmt).
2456 */
2458
2459/**
2460 * Describe the linkage of the entity referred to by a cursor.
2461 */
2463 /** This value indicates that no linkage information is available
2464 * for a provided CXCursor. */
2466 /**
2467 * This is the linkage for variables, parameters, and so on that
2468 * have automatic storage. This covers normal (non-extern) local variables.
2469 */
2471 /** This is the linkage for static variables and static functions. */
2473 /** This is the linkage for entities with external linkage that live
2474 * in C++ anonymous namespaces.*/
2476 /** This is the linkage for entities with true, external linkage. */
2478};
2479
2480/**
2481 * Determine the linkage of the entity referred to by a given cursor.
2482 */
2484
2486 /** This value indicates that no visibility information is available
2487 * for a provided CXCursor. */
2489
2490 /** Symbol not seen by the linker. */
2492 /** Symbol seen by the linker but resolves to a symbol inside this object. */
2494 /** Symbol seen by the linker and acts like a normal symbol. */
2496};
2497
2498/**
2499 * Describe the visibility of the entity referred to by a cursor.
2500 *
2501 * This returns the default visibility if not explicitly specified by
2502 * a visibility attribute. The default visibility may be changed by
2503 * commandline arguments.
2504 *
2505 * \param cursor The cursor to query.
2506 *
2507 * \returns The visibility of the cursor.
2508 */
2510
2511/**
2512 * Determine the availability of the entity that this cursor refers to,
2513 * taking the current target platform into account.
2514 *
2515 * \param cursor The cursor to query.
2516 *
2517 * \returns The availability of the cursor.
2518 */
2521
2522/**
2523 * Describes the availability of a given entity on a particular platform, e.g.,
2524 * a particular class might only be available on Mac OS 10.7 or newer.
2525 */
2527 /**
2528 * A string that describes the platform for which this structure
2529 * provides availability information.
2530 *
2531 * Possible values are "ios" or "macos".
2532 */
2534 /**
2535 * The version number in which this entity was introduced.
2536 */
2538 /**
2539 * The version number in which this entity was deprecated (but is
2540 * still available).
2541 */
2543 /**
2544 * The version number in which this entity was obsoleted, and therefore
2545 * is no longer available.
2546 */
2548 /**
2549 * Whether the entity is unconditionally unavailable on this platform.
2550 */
2552 /**
2553 * An optional message to provide to a user of this API, e.g., to
2554 * suggest replacement APIs.
2555 */
2558
2559/**
2560 * Determine the availability of the entity that this cursor refers to
2561 * on any platforms for which availability information is known.
2562 *
2563 * \param cursor The cursor to query.
2564 *
2565 * \param always_deprecated If non-NULL, will be set to indicate whether the
2566 * entity is deprecated on all platforms.
2567 *
2568 * \param deprecated_message If non-NULL, will be set to the message text
2569 * provided along with the unconditional deprecation of this entity. The client
2570 * is responsible for deallocating this string.
2571 *
2572 * \param always_unavailable If non-NULL, will be set to indicate whether the
2573 * entity is unavailable on all platforms.
2574 *
2575 * \param unavailable_message If non-NULL, will be set to the message text
2576 * provided along with the unconditional unavailability of this entity. The
2577 * client is responsible for deallocating this string.
2578 *
2579 * \param availability If non-NULL, an array of CXPlatformAvailability instances
2580 * that will be populated with platform availability information, up to either
2581 * the number of platforms for which availability information is available (as
2582 * returned by this function) or \c availability_size, whichever is smaller.
2583 *
2584 * \param availability_size The number of elements available in the
2585 * \c availability array.
2586 *
2587 * \returns The number of platforms (N) for which availability information is
2588 * available (which is unrelated to \c availability_size).
2589 *
2590 * Note that the client is responsible for calling
2591 * \c clang_disposeCXPlatformAvailability to free each of the
2592 * platform-availability structures returned. There are
2593 * \c min(N, availability_size) such structures.
2594 */
2596 CXCursor cursor, int *always_deprecated, CXString *deprecated_message,
2597 int *always_unavailable, CXString *unavailable_message,
2598 CXPlatformAvailability *availability, int availability_size);
2599
2600/**
2601 * Free the memory associated with a \c CXPlatformAvailability structure.
2602 */
2603CINDEX_LINKAGE void
2605
2606/**
2607 * If cursor refers to a variable declaration and it has initializer returns
2608 * cursor referring to the initializer otherwise return null cursor.
2609 */
2611
2612/**
2613 * If cursor refers to a variable declaration that has global storage returns 1.
2614 * If cursor refers to a variable declaration that doesn't have global storage
2615 * returns 0. Otherwise returns -1.
2616 */
2618
2619/**
2620 * If cursor refers to a variable declaration that has external storage
2621 * returns 1. If cursor refers to a variable declaration that doesn't have
2622 * external storage returns 0. Otherwise returns -1.
2623 */
2625
2626/**
2627 * Describe the "language" of the entity referred to by a cursor.
2628 */
2635
2636/**
2637 * Determine the "language" of the entity referred to by a given cursor.
2638 */
2640
2641/**
2642 * Describe the "thread-local storage (TLS) kind" of the declaration
2643 * referred to by a cursor.
2644 */
2646
2647/**
2648 * Determine the "thread-local storage (TLS) kind" of the declaration
2649 * referred to by a cursor.
2650 */
2652
2653/**
2654 * Returns the translation unit that a cursor originated from.
2655 */
2657
2658/**
2659 * A fast container representing a set of CXCursors.
2660 */
2661typedef struct CXCursorSetImpl *CXCursorSet;
2662
2663/**
2664 * Creates an empty CXCursorSet.
2665 */
2667
2668/**
2669 * Disposes a CXCursorSet and releases its associated memory.
2670 */
2672
2673/**
2674 * Queries a CXCursorSet to see if it contains a specific CXCursor.
2675 *
2676 * \returns non-zero if the set contains the specified cursor.
2677 */
2679 CXCursor cursor);
2680
2681/**
2682 * Inserts a CXCursor into a CXCursorSet.
2683 *
2684 * \returns zero if the CXCursor was already in the set, and non-zero otherwise.
2685 */
2687 CXCursor cursor);
2688
2689/**
2690 * Determine the semantic parent of the given cursor.
2691 *
2692 * The semantic parent of a cursor is the cursor that semantically contains
2693 * the given \p cursor. For many declarations, the lexical and semantic parents
2694 * are equivalent (the lexical parent is returned by
2695 * \c clang_getCursorLexicalParent()). They diverge when declarations or
2696 * definitions are provided out-of-line. For example:
2697 *
2698 * \code
2699 * class C {
2700 * void f();
2701 * };
2702 *
2703 * void C::f() { }
2704 * \endcode
2705 *
2706 * In the out-of-line definition of \c C::f, the semantic parent is
2707 * the class \c C, of which this function is a member. The lexical parent is
2708 * the place where the declaration actually occurs in the source code; in this
2709 * case, the definition occurs in the translation unit. In general, the
2710 * lexical parent for a given entity can change without affecting the semantics
2711 * of the program, and the lexical parent of different declarations of the
2712 * same entity may be different. Changing the semantic parent of a declaration,
2713 * on the other hand, can have a major impact on semantics, and redeclarations
2714 * of a particular entity should all have the same semantic context.
2715 *
2716 * In the example above, both declarations of \c C::f have \c C as their
2717 * semantic context, while the lexical context of the first \c C::f is \c C
2718 * and the lexical context of the second \c C::f is the translation unit.
2719 *
2720 * For global declarations, the semantic parent is the translation unit.
2721 */
2723
2724/**
2725 * Determine the lexical parent of the given cursor.
2726 *
2727 * The lexical parent of a cursor is the cursor in which the given \p cursor
2728 * was actually written. For many declarations, the lexical and semantic parents
2729 * are equivalent (the semantic parent is returned by
2730 * \c clang_getCursorSemanticParent()). They diverge when declarations or
2731 * definitions are provided out-of-line. For example:
2732 *
2733 * \code
2734 * class C {
2735 * void f();
2736 * };
2737 *
2738 * void C::f() { }
2739 * \endcode
2740 *
2741 * In the out-of-line definition of \c C::f, the semantic parent is
2742 * the class \c C, of which this function is a member. The lexical parent is
2743 * the place where the declaration actually occurs in the source code; in this
2744 * case, the definition occurs in the translation unit. In general, the
2745 * lexical parent for a given entity can change without affecting the semantics
2746 * of the program, and the lexical parent of different declarations of the
2747 * same entity may be different. Changing the semantic parent of a declaration,
2748 * on the other hand, can have a major impact on semantics, and redeclarations
2749 * of a particular entity should all have the same semantic context.
2750 *
2751 * In the example above, both declarations of \c C::f have \c C as their
2752 * semantic context, while the lexical context of the first \c C::f is \c C
2753 * and the lexical context of the second \c C::f is the translation unit.
2754 *
2755 * For declarations written in the global scope, the lexical parent is
2756 * the translation unit.
2757 */
2759
2760/**
2761 * Determine the set of methods that are overridden by the given
2762 * method.
2763 *
2764 * In both Objective-C and C++, a method (aka virtual member function,
2765 * in C++) can override a virtual method in a base class. For
2766 * Objective-C, a method is said to override any method in the class's
2767 * base class, its protocols, or its categories' protocols, that has the same
2768 * selector and is of the same kind (class or instance).
2769 * If no such method exists, the search continues to the class's superclass,
2770 * its protocols, and its categories, and so on. A method from an Objective-C
2771 * implementation is considered to override the same methods as its
2772 * corresponding method in the interface.
2773 *
2774 * For C++, a virtual member function overrides any virtual member
2775 * function with the same signature that occurs in its base
2776 * classes. With multiple inheritance, a virtual member function can
2777 * override several virtual member functions coming from different
2778 * base classes.
2779 *
2780 * In all cases, this function determines the immediate overridden
2781 * method, rather than all of the overridden methods. For example, if
2782 * a method is originally declared in a class A, then overridden in B
2783 * (which in inherits from A) and also in C (which inherited from B),
2784 * then the only overridden method returned from this function when
2785 * invoked on C's method will be B's method. The client may then
2786 * invoke this function again, given the previously-found overridden
2787 * methods, to map out the complete method-override set.
2788 *
2789 * \param cursor A cursor representing an Objective-C or C++
2790 * method. This routine will compute the set of methods that this
2791 * method overrides.
2792 *
2793 * \param overridden A pointer whose pointee will be replaced with a
2794 * pointer to an array of cursors, representing the set of overridden
2795 * methods. If there are no overridden methods, the pointee will be
2796 * set to NULL. The pointee must be freed via a call to
2797 * \c clang_disposeOverriddenCursors().
2798 *
2799 * \param num_overridden A pointer to the number of overridden
2800 * functions, will be set to the number of overridden functions in the
2801 * array pointed to by \p overridden.
2802 */
2804 CXCursor **overridden,
2805 unsigned *num_overridden);
2806
2807/**
2808 * Free the set of overridden cursors returned by \c
2809 * clang_getOverriddenCursors().
2810 */
2812
2813/**
2814 * Retrieve the file that is included by the given inclusion directive
2815 * cursor.
2816 */
2818
2819/**
2820 * @}
2821 */
2822
2823/**
2824 * \defgroup CINDEX_CURSOR_SOURCE Mapping between cursors and source code
2825 *
2826 * Cursors represent a location within the Abstract Syntax Tree (AST). These
2827 * routines help map between cursors and the physical locations where the
2828 * described entities occur in the source code. The mapping is provided in
2829 * both directions, so one can map from source code to the AST and back.
2830 *
2831 * @{
2832 */
2833
2834/**
2835 * Map a source location to the cursor that describes the entity at that
2836 * location in the source code.
2837 *
2838 * clang_getCursor() maps an arbitrary source location within a translation
2839 * unit down to the most specific cursor that describes the entity at that
2840 * location. For example, given an expression \c x + y, invoking
2841 * clang_getCursor() with a source location pointing to "x" will return the
2842 * cursor for "x"; similarly for "y". If the cursor points anywhere between
2843 * "x" or "y" (e.g., on the + or the whitespace around it), clang_getCursor()
2844 * will return a cursor referring to the "+" expression.
2845 *
2846 * \returns a cursor representing the entity at the given source location, or
2847 * a NULL cursor if no such entity can be found.
2848 */
2850
2851/**
2852 * Retrieve the physical location of the source constructor referenced
2853 * by the given cursor.
2854 *
2855 * The location of a declaration is typically the location of the name of that
2856 * declaration, where the name of that declaration would occur if it is
2857 * unnamed, or some keyword that introduces that particular declaration.
2858 * The location of a reference is where that reference occurs within the
2859 * source code.
2860 */
2862
2863/**
2864 * Retrieve the physical extent of the source construct referenced by
2865 * the given cursor.
2866 *
2867 * The extent of a cursor starts with the file/line/column pointing at the
2868 * first character within the source construct that the cursor refers to and
2869 * ends with the last character within that source construct. For a
2870 * declaration, the extent covers the declaration itself. For a reference,
2871 * the extent covers the location of the reference (e.g., where the referenced
2872 * entity was actually used).
2873 */
2875
2876/**
2877 * @}
2878 */
2879
2880/**
2881 * \defgroup CINDEX_TYPES Type information for CXCursors
2882 *
2883 * @{
2884 */
2885
2886/**
2887 * Describes the kind of type
2888 */
2890 /**
2891 * Represents an invalid type (e.g., where no type is available).
2892 */
2894
2895 /**
2896 * A type whose specific kind is not exposed via this
2897 * interface.
2898 */
2900
2901 /* Builtin types */
2943
2963
2964 /**
2965 * Represents a type that was referred to using an elaborated type keyword.
2966 *
2967 * E.g., struct S, or via a qualified name, e.g., N::M::type, or both.
2968 */
2970
2971 /* OpenCL PipeType. */
2973
2974 /* OpenCL builtin types. */
3015
3019
3032
3033 /* Old aliases for AVC OpenCL extension types. */
3038
3042
3043 /* HLSL Types */
3047
3049};
3050
3051/**
3052 * Describes the calling convention of a function type
3053 */
3066 /* Alias for compatibility with older versions of API. */
3091
3094};
3095
3096/**
3097 * The type of an element in the abstract syntax tree.
3098 *
3099 */
3100typedef struct {
3102 void *data[2];
3103} CXType;
3104
3105/**
3106 * Retrieve the type of a CXCursor (if any).
3107 */
3109
3110/**
3111 * Pretty-print the underlying type using the rules of the
3112 * language of the translation unit from which it came.
3113 *
3114 * If the type is invalid, an empty string is returned.
3115 */
3117
3118/**
3119 * Retrieve the underlying type of a typedef declaration.
3120 *
3121 * If the cursor does not reference a typedef declaration, an invalid type is
3122 * returned.
3123 */
3125
3126/**
3127 * Retrieve the integer type of an enum declaration.
3128 *
3129 * If the cursor does not reference an enum declaration, an invalid type is
3130 * returned.
3131 */
3133
3134/**
3135 * Retrieve the integer value of an enum constant declaration as a signed
3136 * long long.
3137 *
3138 * If the cursor does not reference an enum constant declaration, LLONG_MIN is
3139 * returned. Since this is also potentially a valid constant value, the kind of
3140 * the cursor must be verified before calling this function.
3141 */
3143
3144/**
3145 * Retrieve the integer value of an enum constant declaration as an unsigned
3146 * long long.
3147 *
3148 * If the cursor does not reference an enum constant declaration, ULLONG_MAX is
3149 * returned. Since this is also potentially a valid constant value, the kind of
3150 * the cursor must be verified before calling this function.
3151 */
3152CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned long long
3154
3155/**
3156 * Returns non-zero if the cursor specifies a Record member that is a bit-field.
3157 */
3159
3160/**
3161 * Retrieve the bit width of a bit-field declaration as an integer.
3162 *
3163 * If the cursor does not reference a bit-field, or if the bit-field's width
3164 * expression cannot be evaluated, -1 is returned.
3165 *
3166 * For example:
3167 * \code
3168 * if (clang_Cursor_isBitField(Cursor)) {
3169 * int Width = clang_getFieldDeclBitWidth(Cursor);
3170 * if (Width != -1) {
3171 * // The bit-field width is not value-dependent.
3172 * }
3173 * }
3174 * \endcode
3175 */
3177
3178/**
3179 * Retrieve the number of non-variadic arguments associated with a given
3180 * cursor.
3181 *
3182 * The number of arguments can be determined for calls as well as for
3183 * declarations of functions or methods. For other cursors -1 is returned.
3184 */
3186
3187/**
3188 * Retrieve the argument cursor of a function or method.
3189 *
3190 * The argument cursor can be determined for calls as well as for declarations
3191 * of functions or methods. For other cursors and for invalid indices, an
3192 * invalid cursor is returned.
3193 */
3195
3196/**
3197 * Describes the kind of a template argument.
3198 *
3199 * See the definition of llvm::clang::TemplateArgument::ArgKind for full
3200 * element descriptions.
3201 */
3215
3216/**
3217 * Returns the number of template args of a function, struct, or class decl
3218 * representing a template specialization.
3219 *
3220 * If the argument cursor cannot be converted into a template function
3221 * declaration, -1 is returned.
3222 *
3223 * For example, for the following declaration and specialization:
3224 * template <typename T, int kInt, bool kBool>
3225 * void foo() { ... }
3226 *
3227 * template <>
3228 * void foo<float, -7, true>();
3229 *
3230 * The value 3 would be returned from this call.
3231 */
3233
3234/**
3235 * Retrieve the kind of the I'th template argument of the CXCursor C.
3236 *
3237 * If the argument CXCursor does not represent a FunctionDecl, StructDecl, or
3238 * ClassTemplatePartialSpecialization, an invalid template argument kind is
3239 * returned.
3240 *
3241 * For example, for the following declaration and specialization:
3242 * template <typename T, int kInt, bool kBool>
3243 * void foo() { ... }
3244 *
3245 * template <>
3246 * void foo<float, -7, true>();
3247 *
3248 * For I = 0, 1, and 2, Type, Integral, and Integral will be returned,
3249 * respectively.
3250 */
3253
3254/**
3255 * Retrieve a CXType representing the type of a TemplateArgument of a
3256 * function decl representing a template specialization.
3257 *
3258 * If the argument CXCursor does not represent a FunctionDecl, StructDecl,
3259 * ClassDecl or ClassTemplatePartialSpecialization whose I'th template argument
3260 * has a kind of CXTemplateArgKind_Integral, an invalid type is returned.
3261 *
3262 * For example, for the following declaration and specialization:
3263 * template <typename T, int kInt, bool kBool>
3264 * void foo() { ... }
3265 *
3266 * template <>
3267 * void foo<float, -7, true>();
3268 *
3269 * If called with I = 0, "float", will be returned.
3270 * Invalid types will be returned for I == 1 or 2.
3271 */
3273 unsigned I);
3274
3275/**
3276 * Retrieve the value of an Integral TemplateArgument (of a function
3277 * decl representing a template specialization) as a signed long long.
3278 *
3279 * It is undefined to call this function on a CXCursor that does not represent a
3280 * FunctionDecl, StructDecl, ClassDecl or ClassTemplatePartialSpecialization
3281 * whose I'th template argument is not an integral value.
3282 *
3283 * For example, for the following declaration and specialization:
3284 * template <typename T, int kInt, bool kBool>
3285 * void foo() { ... }
3286 *
3287 * template <>
3288 * void foo<float, -7, true>();
3289 *
3290 * If called with I = 1 or 2, -7 or true will be returned, respectively.
3291 * For I == 0, this function's behavior is undefined.
3292 */
3294 unsigned I);
3295
3296/**
3297 * Retrieve the value of an Integral TemplateArgument (of a function
3298 * decl representing a template specialization) as an unsigned long long.
3299 *
3300 * It is undefined to call this function on a CXCursor that does not represent a
3301 * FunctionDecl, StructDecl, ClassDecl or ClassTemplatePartialSpecialization or
3302 * whose I'th template argument is not an integral value.
3303 *
3304 * For example, for the following declaration and specialization:
3305 * template <typename T, int kInt, bool kBool>
3306 * void foo() { ... }
3307 *
3308 * template <>
3309 * void foo<float, 2147483649, true>();
3310 *
3311 * If called with I = 1 or 2, 2147483649 or true will be returned, respectively.
3312 * For I == 0, this function's behavior is undefined.
3313 */
3314CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned long long
3316
3317/**
3318 * Determine whether two CXTypes represent the same type.
3319 *
3320 * \returns non-zero if the CXTypes represent the same type and
3321 * zero otherwise.
3322 */
3324
3325/**
3326 * Return the canonical type for a CXType.
3327 *
3328 * Clang's type system explicitly models typedefs and all the ways
3329 * a specific type can be represented. The canonical type is the underlying
3330 * type with all the "sugar" removed. For example, if 'T' is a typedef
3331 * for 'int', the canonical type for 'T' would be 'int'.
3332 */
3334
3335/**
3336 * Determine whether a CXType has the "const" qualifier set,
3337 * without looking through typedefs that may have added "const" at a
3338 * different level.
3339 */
3341
3342/**
3343 * Determine whether a CXCursor that is a macro, is
3344 * function like.
3345 */
3347
3348/**
3349 * Determine whether a CXCursor that is a macro, is a
3350 * builtin one.
3351 */
3353
3354/**
3355 * Determine whether a CXCursor that is a function declaration, is an
3356 * inline declaration.
3357 */
3359
3360/**
3361 * Determine whether a CXType has the "volatile" qualifier set,
3362 * without looking through typedefs that may have added "volatile" at
3363 * a different level.
3364 */
3366
3367/**
3368 * Determine whether a CXType has the "restrict" qualifier set,
3369 * without looking through typedefs that may have added "restrict" at a
3370 * different level.
3371 */
3373
3374/**
3375 * Returns the address space of the given type.
3376 */
3378
3379/**
3380 * Returns the typedef name of the given type.
3381 */
3383
3384/**
3385 * For pointer types, returns the type of the pointee.
3386 */
3388
3389/**
3390 * Retrieve the unqualified variant of the given type, removing as
3391 * little sugar as possible.
3392 *
3393 * For example, given the following series of typedefs:
3394 *
3395 * \code
3396 * typedef int Integer;
3397 * typedef const Integer CInteger;
3398 * typedef CInteger DifferenceType;
3399 * \endcode
3400 *
3401 * Executing \c clang_getUnqualifiedType() on a \c CXType that
3402 * represents \c DifferenceType, will desugar to a type representing
3403 * \c Integer, that has no qualifiers.
3404 *
3405 * And, executing \c clang_getUnqualifiedType() on the type of the
3406 * first argument of the following function declaration:
3407 *
3408 * \code
3409 * void foo(const int);
3410 * \endcode
3411 *
3412 * Will return a type representing \c int, removing the \c const
3413 * qualifier.
3414 *
3415 * Sugar over array types is not desugared.
3416 *
3417 * A type can be checked for qualifiers with \c
3418 * clang_isConstQualifiedType(), \c clang_isVolatileQualifiedType()
3419 * and \c clang_isRestrictQualifiedType().
3420 *
3421 * A type that resulted from a call to \c clang_getUnqualifiedType
3422 * will return \c false for all of the above calls.
3423 */
3425
3426/**
3427 * For reference types (e.g., "const int&"), returns the type that the
3428 * reference refers to (e.g "const int").
3429 *
3430 * Otherwise, returns the type itself.
3431 *
3432 * A type that has kind \c CXType_LValueReference or
3433 * \c CXType_RValueReference is a reference type.
3434 */
3436
3437/**
3438 * Return the cursor for the declaration of the given type.
3439 */
3441
3442/**
3443 * Returns the Objective-C type encoding for the specified declaration.
3444 */
3446
3447/**
3448 * Returns the Objective-C type encoding for the specified CXType.
3449 */
3451
3452/**
3453 * Retrieve the spelling of a given CXTypeKind.
3454 */
3456
3457/**
3458 * Retrieve the calling convention associated with a function type.
3459 *
3460 * If a non-function type is passed in, CXCallingConv_Invalid is returned.
3461 */
3463
3464/**
3465 * Retrieve the return type associated with a function type.
3466 *
3467 * If a non-function type is passed in, an invalid type is returned.
3468 */
3470
3471/**
3472 * Retrieve the exception specification type associated with a function type.
3473 * This is a value of type CXCursor_ExceptionSpecificationKind.
3474 *
3475 * If a non-function type is passed in, an error code of -1 is returned.
3476 */
3478
3479/**
3480 * Retrieve the number of non-variadic parameters associated with a
3481 * function type.
3482 *
3483 * If a non-function type is passed in, -1 is returned.
3484 */
3486
3487/**
3488 * Retrieve the type of a parameter of a function type.
3489 *
3490 * If a non-function type is passed in or the function does not have enough
3491 * parameters, an invalid type is returned.
3492 */
3494
3495/**
3496 * Retrieves the base type of the ObjCObjectType.
3497 *
3498 * If the type is not an ObjC object, an invalid type is returned.
3499 */
3501
3502/**
3503 * Retrieve the number of protocol references associated with an ObjC object/id.
3504 *
3505 * If the type is not an ObjC object, 0 is returned.
3506 */
3508
3509/**
3510 * Retrieve the decl for a protocol reference for an ObjC object/id.
3511 *
3512 * If the type is not an ObjC object or there are not enough protocol
3513 * references, an invalid cursor is returned.
3514 */
3516
3517/**
3518 * Retrieve the number of type arguments associated with an ObjC object.
3519 *
3520 * If the type is not an ObjC object, 0 is returned.
3521 */
3523
3524/**
3525 * Retrieve a type argument associated with an ObjC object.
3526 *
3527 * If the type is not an ObjC or the index is not valid,
3528 * an invalid type is returned.
3529 */
3531
3532/**
3533 * Return 1 if the CXType is a variadic function type, and 0 otherwise.
3534 */
3536
3537/**
3538 * Retrieve the return type associated with a given cursor.
3539 *
3540 * This only returns a valid type if the cursor refers to a function or method.
3541 */
3543
3544/**
3545 * Retrieve the exception specification type associated with a given cursor.
3546 * This is a value of type CXCursor_ExceptionSpecificationKind.
3547 *
3548 * This only returns a valid result if the cursor refers to a function or
3549 * method.
3550 */
3552
3553/**
3554 * Return 1 if the CXType is a POD (plain old data) type, and 0
3555 * otherwise.
3556 */
3558
3559/**
3560 * Return the element type of an array, complex, or vector type.
3561 *
3562 * If a type is passed in that is not an array, complex, or vector type,
3563 * an invalid type is returned.
3564 */
3566
3567/**
3568 * Return the number of elements of an array or vector type.
3569 *
3570 * If a type is passed in that is not an array or vector type,
3571 * -1 is returned.
3572 */
3574
3575/**
3576 * Return the element type of an array type.
3577 *
3578 * If a non-array type is passed in, an invalid type is returned.
3579 */
3581
3582/**
3583 * Return the array size of a constant array.
3584 *
3585 * If a non-array type is passed in, -1 is returned.
3586 */
3588
3589/**
3590 * Retrieve the type named by the qualified-id.
3591 *
3592 * If a non-elaborated type is passed in, an invalid type is returned.
3593 */
3595
3596/**
3597 * Determine if a typedef is 'transparent' tag.
3598 *
3599 * A typedef is considered 'transparent' if it shares a name and spelling
3600 * location with its underlying tag type, as is the case with the NS_ENUM macro.
3601 *
3602 * \returns non-zero if transparent and zero otherwise.
3603 */
3605
3607 /**
3608 * Values of this type can never be null.
3609 */
3611 /**
3612 * Values of this type can be null.
3613 */
3615 /**
3616 * Whether values of this type can be null is (explicitly)
3617 * unspecified. This captures a (fairly rare) case where we
3618 * can't conclude anything about the nullability of the type even
3619 * though it has been considered.
3620 */
3622 /**
3623 * Nullability is not applicable to this type.
3624 */
3626
3627 /**
3628 * Generally behaves like Nullable, except when used in a block parameter that
3629 * was imported into a swift async method. There, swift will assume that the
3630 * parameter can get null even if no error occurred. _Nullable parameters are
3631 * assumed to only get null on error.
3632 */
3634};
3635
3636/**
3637 * Retrieve the nullability kind of a pointer type.
3638 */
3640
3641/**
3642 * List the possible error codes for \c clang_Type_getSizeOf,
3643 * \c clang_Type_getAlignOf, \c clang_Type_getOffsetOf,
3644 * \c clang_Cursor_getOffsetOf, and \c clang_getOffsetOfBase.
3645 *
3646 * A value of this enumeration type can be returned if the target type is not
3647 * a valid argument to sizeof, alignof or offsetof.
3648 */
3650 /**
3651 * Type is of kind CXType_Invalid.
3652 */
3654 /**
3655 * The type is an incomplete Type.
3656 */
3658 /**
3659 * The type is a dependent Type.
3660 */
3662 /**
3663 * The type is not a constant size type.
3664 */
3666 /**
3667 * The Field name is not valid for this record.
3668 */
3670 /**
3671 * The type is undeduced.
3672 */
3674};
3675
3676/**
3677 * Return the alignment of a type in bytes as per C++[expr.alignof]
3678 * standard.
3679 *
3680 * If the type declaration is invalid, CXTypeLayoutError_Invalid is returned.
3681 * If the type declaration is an incomplete type, CXTypeLayoutError_Incomplete
3682 * is returned.
3683 * If the type declaration is a dependent type, CXTypeLayoutError_Dependent is
3684 * returned.
3685 * If the type declaration is not a constant size type,
3686 * CXTypeLayoutError_NotConstantSize is returned.
3687 */
3689
3690/**
3691 * Return the class type of an member pointer type.
3692 *
3693 * If a non-member-pointer type is passed in, an invalid type is returned.
3694 */
3696
3697/**
3698 * Return the size of a type in bytes as per C++[expr.sizeof] standard.
3699 *
3700 * If the type declaration is invalid, CXTypeLayoutError_Invalid is returned.
3701 * If the type declaration is an incomplete type, CXTypeLayoutError_Incomplete
3702 * is returned.
3703 * If the type declaration is a dependent type, CXTypeLayoutError_Dependent is
3704 * returned.
3705 */
3707
3708/**
3709 * Return the offset of a field named S in a record of type T in bits
3710 * as it would be returned by __offsetof__ as per C++11[18.2p4]
3711 *
3712 * If the cursor is not a record field declaration, CXTypeLayoutError_Invalid
3713 * is returned.
3714 * If the field's type declaration is an incomplete type,
3715 * CXTypeLayoutError_Incomplete is returned.
3716 * If the field's type declaration is a dependent type,
3717 * CXTypeLayoutError_Dependent is returned.
3718 * If the field's name S is not found,
3719 * CXTypeLayoutError_InvalidFieldName is returned.
3720 */
3722
3723/**
3724 * Return the type that was modified by this attributed type.
3725 *
3726 * If the type is not an attributed type, an invalid type is returned.
3727 */
3729
3730/**
3731 * Gets the type contained by this atomic type.
3732 *
3733 * If a non-atomic type is passed in, an invalid type is returned.
3734 */
3736
3737/**
3738 * Return the offset of the field represented by the Cursor.
3739 *
3740 * If the cursor is not a field declaration, -1 is returned.
3741 * If the cursor semantic parent is not a record field declaration,
3742 * CXTypeLayoutError_Invalid is returned.
3743 * If the field's type declaration is an incomplete type,
3744 * CXTypeLayoutError_Incomplete is returned.
3745 * If the field's type declaration is a dependent type,
3746 * CXTypeLayoutError_Dependent is returned.
3747 * If the field's name S is not found,
3748 * CXTypeLayoutError_InvalidFieldName is returned.
3749 */
3751
3752/**
3753 * Determine whether the given cursor represents an anonymous
3754 * tag or namespace
3755 */
3757
3758/**
3759 * Determine whether the given cursor represents an anonymous record
3760 * declaration.
3761 */
3763
3764/**
3765 * Determine whether the given cursor represents an inline namespace
3766 * declaration.
3767 */
3769
3771 /** No ref-qualifier was provided. */
3773 /** An lvalue ref-qualifier was provided (\c &). */
3775 /** An rvalue ref-qualifier was provided (\c &&). */
3777};
3778
3779/**
3780 * Returns the number of template arguments for given template
3781 * specialization, or -1 if type \c T is not a template specialization.
3782 */
3784
3785/**
3786 * Returns the type template argument of a template class specialization
3787 * at given index.
3788 *
3789 * This function only returns template type arguments and does not handle
3790 * template template arguments or variadic packs.
3791 */
3793 unsigned i);
3794
3795/**
3796 * Retrieve the ref-qualifier kind of a function or method.
3797 *
3798 * The ref-qualifier is returned for C++ functions or methods. For other types
3799 * or non-C++ declarations, CXRefQualifier_None is returned.
3800 */
3802
3803/**
3804 * Returns 1 if the base class specified by the cursor with kind
3805 * CX_CXXBaseSpecifier is virtual.
3806 */
3808
3809/**
3810 * Returns the offset in bits of a CX_CXXBaseSpecifier relative to the parent
3811 * class.
3812 *
3813 * Returns a small negative number if the offset cannot be computed. See
3814 * CXTypeLayoutError for error codes.
3815 */
3817
3818/**
3819 * Represents the C++ access control level to a base class for a
3820 * cursor with kind CX_CXXBaseSpecifier.
3821 */
3828
3829/**
3830 * Returns the access control level for the referenced object.
3831 *
3832 * If the cursor refers to a C++ declaration, its access control level within
3833 * its parent scope is returned. Otherwise, if the cursor refers to a base
3834 * specifier or access specifier, the specifier itself is returned.
3835 */
3837
3838/**
3839 * Represents the storage classes as declared in the source. CX_SC_Invalid
3840 * was added for the case that the passed cursor in not a declaration.
3841 */
3852
3853/**
3854 * Represents a specific kind of binary operator which can appear at a cursor.
3855 */
3893
3894/**
3895 * \brief Returns the operator code for the binary operator.
3896 *
3897 * @deprecated: use clang_getCursorBinaryOperatorKind instead.
3898 */
3901
3902/**
3903 * \brief Returns a string containing the spelling of the binary operator.
3904 *
3905 * @deprecated: use clang_getBinaryOperatorKindSpelling instead
3906 */
3909
3910/**
3911 * Returns the storage class for a function or variable declaration.
3912 *
3913 * If the passed in Cursor is not a function or variable declaration,
3914 * CX_SC_Invalid is returned else the storage class.
3915 */
3917
3918/**
3919 * Determine the number of overloaded declarations referenced by a
3920 * \c CXCursor_OverloadedDeclRef cursor.
3921 *
3922 * \param cursor The cursor whose overloaded declarations are being queried.
3923 *
3924 * \returns The number of overloaded declarations referenced by \c cursor. If it
3925 * is not a \c CXCursor_OverloadedDeclRef cursor, returns 0.
3926 */
3928
3929/**
3930 * Retrieve a cursor for one of the overloaded declarations referenced
3931 * by a \c CXCursor_OverloadedDeclRef cursor.
3932 *
3933 * \param cursor The cursor whose overloaded declarations are being queried.
3934 *
3935 * \param index The zero-based index into the set of overloaded declarations in
3936 * the cursor.
3937 *
3938 * \returns A cursor representing the declaration referenced by the given
3939 * \c cursor at the specified \c index. If the cursor does not have an
3940 * associated set of overloaded declarations, or if the index is out of bounds,
3941 * returns \c clang_getNullCursor();
3942 */
3944 unsigned index);
3945
3946/**
3947 * @}
3948 */
3949
3950/**
3951 * \defgroup CINDEX_ATTRIBUTES Information for attributes
3952 *
3953 * @{
3954 */
3955
3956/**
3957 * For cursors representing an iboutletcollection attribute,
3958 * this function returns the collection element type.
3959 *
3960 */
3962
3963/**
3964 * @}
3965 */
3966
3967/**
3968 * \defgroup CINDEX_CURSOR_TRAVERSAL Traversing the AST with cursors
3969 *
3970 * These routines provide the ability to traverse the abstract syntax tree
3971 * using cursors.
3972 *
3973 * @{
3974 */
3975
3976/**
3977 * Describes how the traversal of the children of a particular
3978 * cursor should proceed after visiting a particular child cursor.
3979 *
3980 * A value of this enumeration type should be returned by each
3981 * \c CXCursorVisitor to indicate how clang_visitChildren() proceed.
3982 */
3984 /**
3985 * Terminates the cursor traversal.
3986 */
3988 /**
3989 * Continues the cursor traversal with the next sibling of
3990 * the cursor just visited, without visiting its children.
3991 */
3993 /**
3994 * Recursively traverse the children of this cursor, using
3995 * the same visitor and client data.
3996 */
3998};
3999
4000/**
4001 * Visitor invoked for each cursor found by a traversal.
4002 *
4003 * This visitor function will be invoked for each cursor found by
4004 * clang_visitCursorChildren(). Its first argument is the cursor being
4005 * visited, its second argument is the parent visitor for that cursor,
4006 * and its third argument is the client data provided to
4007 * clang_visitCursorChildren().
4008 *
4009 * The visitor should return one of the \c CXChildVisitResult values
4010 * to direct clang_visitCursorChildren().
4011 */
4012typedef enum CXChildVisitResult (*CXCursorVisitor)(CXCursor cursor,
4013 CXCursor parent,
4014 CXClientData client_data);
4015
4016/**
4017 * Visit the children of a particular cursor.
4018 *
4019 * This function visits all the direct children of the given cursor,
4020 * invoking the given \p visitor function with the cursors of each
4021 * visited child. The traversal may be recursive, if the visitor returns
4022 * \c CXChildVisit_Recurse. The traversal may also be ended prematurely, if
4023 * the visitor returns \c CXChildVisit_Break.
4024 *
4025 * \param parent the cursor whose child may be visited. All kinds of
4026 * cursors can be visited, including invalid cursors (which, by
4027 * definition, have no children).
4028 *
4029 * \param visitor the visitor function that will be invoked for each
4030 * child of \p parent.
4031 *
4032 * \param client_data pointer data supplied by the client, which will
4033 * be passed to the visitor each time it is invoked.
4034 *
4035 * \returns a non-zero value if the traversal was terminated
4036 * prematurely by the visitor returning \c CXChildVisit_Break.
4037 */
4039 CXCursorVisitor visitor,
4040 CXClientData client_data);
4041/**
4042 * Visitor invoked for each cursor found by a traversal.
4043 *
4044 * This visitor block will be invoked for each cursor found by
4045 * clang_visitChildrenWithBlock(). Its first argument is the cursor being
4046 * visited, its second argument is the parent visitor for that cursor.
4047 *
4048 * The visitor should return one of the \c CXChildVisitResult values
4049 * to direct clang_visitChildrenWithBlock().
4050 */
4051#if __has_feature(blocks)
4052typedef enum CXChildVisitResult (^CXCursorVisitorBlock)(CXCursor cursor,
4053 CXCursor parent);
4054#else
4055typedef struct _CXChildVisitResult *CXCursorVisitorBlock;
4056#endif
4057
4058/**
4059 * Visits the children of a cursor using the specified block. Behaves
4060 * identically to clang_visitChildren() in all other respects.
4061 */
4062CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned
4064
4065/**
4066 * @}
4067 */
4068
4069/**
4070 * \defgroup CINDEX_CURSOR_XREF Cross-referencing in the AST
4071 *
4072 * These routines provide the ability to determine references within and
4073 * across translation units, by providing the names of the entities referenced
4074 * by cursors, follow reference cursors to the declarations they reference,
4075 * and associate declarations with their definitions.
4076 *
4077 * @{
4078 */
4079
4080/**
4081 * Retrieve a Unified Symbol Resolution (USR) for the entity referenced
4082 * by the given cursor.
4083 *
4084 * A Unified Symbol Resolution (USR) is a string that identifies a particular
4085 * entity (function, class, variable, etc.) within a program. USRs can be
4086 * compared across translation units to determine, e.g., when references in
4087 * one translation refer to an entity defined in another translation unit.
4088 */
4090
4091/**
4092 * Construct a USR for a specified Objective-C class.
4093 */
4095
4096/**
4097 * Construct a USR for a specified Objective-C category.
4098 */
4100 const char *class_name, const char *category_name);
4101
4102/**
4103 * Construct a USR for a specified Objective-C protocol.
4104 */
4106clang_constructUSR_ObjCProtocol(const char *protocol_name);
4107
4108/**
4109 * Construct a USR for a specified Objective-C instance variable and
4110 * the USR for its containing class.
4111 */
4113 CXString classUSR);
4114
4115/**
4116 * Construct a USR for a specified Objective-C method and
4117 * the USR for its containing class.
4118 */
4120 unsigned isInstanceMethod,
4121 CXString classUSR);
4122
4123/**
4124 * Construct a USR for a specified Objective-C property and the USR
4125 * for its containing class.
4126 */
4128 CXString classUSR);
4129
4130/**
4131 * Retrieve a name for the entity referenced by this cursor.
4132 */
4134
4135/**
4136 * Retrieve a range for a piece that forms the cursors spelling name.
4137 * Most of the times there is only one range for the complete spelling but for
4138 * Objective-C methods and Objective-C message expressions, there are multiple
4139 * pieces for each selector identifier.
4140 *
4141 * \param pieceIndex the index of the spelling name piece. If this is greater
4142 * than the actual number of pieces, it will return a NULL (invalid) range.
4143 *
4144 * \param options Reserved.
4145 */
4147 CXCursor, unsigned pieceIndex, unsigned options);
4148
4149/**
4150 * Opaque pointer representing a policy that controls pretty printing
4151 * for \c clang_getCursorPrettyPrinted.
4152 */
4153typedef void *CXPrintingPolicy;
4154
4155/**
4156 * Properties for the printing policy.
4157 *
4158 * See \c clang::PrintingPolicy for more information.
4159 */
4190
4191/**
4192 * Get a property value for the given printing policy.
4193 */
4194CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned
4196 enum CXPrintingPolicyProperty Property);
4197
4198/**
4199 * Set a property value for the given printing policy.
4200 */
4201CINDEX_LINKAGE void
4203 enum CXPrintingPolicyProperty Property,
4204 unsigned Value);
4205
4206/**
4207 * Retrieve the default policy for the cursor.
4208 *
4209 * The policy should be released after use with \c
4210 * clang_PrintingPolicy_dispose.
4211 */
4213
4214/**
4215 * Release a printing policy.
4216 */
4218
4219/**
4220 * Pretty print declarations.
4221 *
4222 * \param Cursor The cursor representing a declaration.
4223 *
4224 * \param Policy The policy to control the entities being printed. If
4225 * NULL, a default policy is used.
4226 *
4227 * \returns The pretty printed declaration or the empty string for
4228 * other cursors.
4229 */
4231 CXPrintingPolicy Policy);
4232
4233/**
4234 * Pretty-print the underlying type using a custom printing policy.
4235 *
4236 * If the type is invalid, an empty string is returned.
4237 */
4239 CXPrintingPolicy cxPolicy);
4240
4241/**
4242 * Get the fully qualified name for a type.
4243 *
4244 * This includes full qualification of all template parameters.
4245 *
4246 * Policy - Further refine the type formatting
4247 * WithGlobalNsPrefix - If non-zero, function will prepend a '::' to qualified
4248 * names
4249 */
4251 CXType CT, CXPrintingPolicy Policy, unsigned WithGlobalNsPrefix);
4252
4253/**
4254 * Retrieve the display name for the entity referenced by this cursor.
4255 *
4256 * The display name contains extra information that helps identify the cursor,
4257 * such as the parameters of a function or template or the arguments of a
4258 * class template specialization.
4259 */
4261
4262/** For a cursor that is a reference, retrieve a cursor representing the
4263 * entity that it references.
4264 *
4265 * Reference cursors refer to other entities in the AST. For example, an
4266 * Objective-C superclass reference cursor refers to an Objective-C class.
4267 * This function produces the cursor for the Objective-C class from the
4268 * cursor for the superclass reference. If the input cursor is a declaration or
4269 * definition, it returns that declaration or definition unchanged.
4270 * Otherwise, returns the NULL cursor.
4271 */
4273
4274/**
4275 * For a cursor that is either a reference to or a declaration
4276 * of some entity, retrieve a cursor that describes the definition of
4277 * that entity.
4278 *
4279 * Some entities can be declared multiple times within a translation
4280 * unit, but only one of those declarations can also be a
4281 * definition. For example, given:
4282 *
4283 * \code
4284 * int f(int, int);
4285 * int g(int x, int y) { return f(x, y); }
4286 * int f(int a, int b) { return a + b; }
4287 * int f(int, int);
4288 * \endcode
4289 *
4290 * there are three declarations of the function "f", but only the
4291 * second one is a definition. The clang_getCursorDefinition()
4292 * function will take any cursor pointing to a declaration of "f"
4293 * (the first or fourth lines of the example) or a cursor referenced
4294 * that uses "f" (the call to "f' inside "g") and will return a
4295 * declaration cursor pointing to the definition (the second "f"
4296 * declaration).
4297 *
4298 * If given a cursor for which there is no corresponding definition,
4299 * e.g., because there is no definition of that entity within this
4300 * translation unit, returns a NULL cursor.
4301 */
4303
4304/**
4305 * Determine whether the declaration pointed to by this cursor
4306 * is also a definition of that entity.
4307 */
4309
4310/**
4311 * Retrieve the canonical cursor corresponding to the given cursor.
4312 *
4313 * In the C family of languages, many kinds of entities can be declared several
4314 * times within a single translation unit. For example, a structure type can
4315 * be forward-declared (possibly multiple times) and later defined:
4316 *
4317 * \code
4318 * struct X;
4319 * struct X;
4320 * struct X {
4321 * int member;
4322 * };
4323 * \endcode
4324 *
4325 * The declarations and the definition of \c X are represented by three
4326 * different cursors, all of which are declarations of the same underlying
4327 * entity. One of these cursor is considered the "canonical" cursor, which
4328 * is effectively the representative for the underlying entity. One can
4329 * determine if two cursors are declarations of the same underlying entity by
4330 * comparing their canonical cursors.
4331 *
4332 * \returns The canonical cursor for the entity referred to by the given cursor.
4333 */
4335
4336/**
4337 * If the cursor points to a selector identifier in an Objective-C
4338 * method or message expression, this returns the selector index.
4339 *
4340 * After getting a cursor with #clang_getCursor, this can be called to
4341 * determine if the location points to a selector identifier.
4342 *
4343 * \returns The selector index if the cursor is an Objective-C method or message
4344 * expression and the cursor is pointing to a selector identifier, or -1
4345 * otherwise.
4346 */
4348
4349/**
4350 * Given a cursor pointing to a C++ method call or an Objective-C
4351 * message, returns non-zero if the method/message is "dynamic", meaning:
4352 *
4353 * For a C++ method: the call is virtual.
4354 * For an Objective-C message: the receiver is an object instance, not 'super'
4355 * or a specific class.
4356 *
4357 * If the method/message is "static" or the cursor does not point to a
4358 * method/message, it will return zero.
4359 */
4361
4362/**
4363 * Given a cursor pointing to an Objective-C message or property
4364 * reference, or C++ method call, returns the CXType of the receiver.
4365 */
4367
4368/**
4369 * Property attributes for a \c CXCursor_ObjCPropertyDecl.
4370 */
4387
4388/**
4389 * Given a cursor that represents a property declaration, return the
4390 * associated property attributes. The bits are formed from
4391 * \c CXObjCPropertyAttrKind.
4392 *
4393 * \param reserved Reserved for future use, pass 0.
4394 */
4395CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned
4397
4398/**
4399 * Given a cursor that represents a property declaration, return the
4400 * name of the method that implements the getter.
4401 */
4403
4404/**
4405 * Given a cursor that represents a property declaration, return the
4406 * name of the method that implements the setter, if any.
4407 */
4409
4410/**
4411 * 'Qualifiers' written next to the return and parameter types in
4412 * Objective-C method declarations.
4413 */
4423
4424/**
4425 * Given a cursor that represents an Objective-C method or parameter
4426 * declaration, return the associated Objective-C qualifiers for the return
4427 * type or the parameter respectively. The bits are formed from
4428 * CXObjCDeclQualifierKind.
4429 */
4431
4432/**
4433 * Given a cursor that represents an Objective-C method or property
4434 * declaration, return non-zero if the declaration was affected by "\@optional".
4435 * Returns zero if the cursor is not such a declaration or it is "\@required".
4436 */
4438
4439/**
4440 * Returns non-zero if the given cursor is a variadic function or method.
4441 */
4443
4444/**
4445 * Returns non-zero if the given cursor points to a symbol marked with
4446 * external_source_symbol attribute.
4447 *
4448 * \param language If non-NULL, and the attribute is present, will be set to
4449 * the 'language' string from the attribute.
4450 *
4451 * \param definedIn If non-NULL, and the attribute is present, will be set to
4452 * the 'definedIn' string from the attribute.
4453 *
4454 * \param isGenerated If non-NULL, and the attribute is present, will be set to
4455 * non-zero if the 'generated_declaration' is set in the attribute.
4456 */
4458 CXString *language,
4459 CXString *definedIn,
4460 unsigned *isGenerated);
4461
4462/**
4463 * Given a cursor that represents a declaration, return the associated
4464 * comment's source range. The range may include multiple consecutive comments
4465 * with whitespace in between.
4466 */
4468
4469/**
4470 * Given a cursor that represents a declaration, return the associated
4471 * comment text, including comment markers.
4472 */
4474
4475/**
4476 * Given a cursor that represents a documentable entity (e.g.,
4477 * declaration), return the associated \paragraph; otherwise return the
4478 * first paragraph.
4479 */
4481
4482/**
4483 * @}
4484 */
4485
4486/** \defgroup CINDEX_MANGLE Name Mangling API Functions
4487 *
4488 * @{
4489 */
4490
4491/**
4492 * Retrieve the CXString representing the mangled name of the cursor.
4493 */
4495
4496/**
4497 * Retrieve the CXStrings representing the mangled symbols of the C++
4498 * constructor or destructor at the cursor.
4499 */
4501
4502/**
4503 * Retrieve the CXStrings representing the mangled symbols of the ObjC
4504 * class interface or implementation at the cursor.
4505 */
4507
4508/**
4509 * @}
4510 */
4511
4512/**
4513 * \defgroup CINDEX_MODULE Inline Assembly introspection
4514 *
4515 * The functions in this group provide access to information about GCC-style
4516 * inline assembly statements.
4517 *
4518 * @{
4519 */
4520
4521/**
4522 * Given a CXCursor_GCCAsmStmt cursor, return the assembly template string.
4523 * As per LLVM IR Assembly Template language, template placeholders for
4524 * inputs and outputs are either of the form $N where N is a decimal number
4525 * as an index into the input-output specification,
4526 * or ${N:M} where N is a decimal number also as an index into the
4527 * input-output specification and M is the template argument modifier.
4528 * The index N in both cases points into the the total inputs and outputs,
4529 * or more specifically, into the list of outputs followed by the inputs,
4530 * starting from index 0 as the first available template argument.
4531 *
4532 * This function also returns a valid empty string if the cursor does not point
4533 * at a GCC inline assembly block.
4534 *
4535 * Users are responsible for releasing the allocation of returned string via
4536 * \c clang_disposeString.
4537 */
4538
4540
4541/**
4542 * Given a CXCursor_GCCAsmStmt cursor, check if the assembly block has goto
4543 * labels.
4544 * This function also returns 0 if the cursor does not point at a GCC inline
4545 * assembly block.
4546 */
4547
4549
4550/**
4551 * Given a CXCursor_GCCAsmStmt cursor, count the number of outputs.
4552 * This function also returns 0 if the cursor does not point at a GCC inline
4553 * assembly block.
4554 */
4555
4557
4558/**
4559 * Given a CXCursor_GCCAsmStmt cursor, count the number of inputs.
4560 * This function also returns 0 if the cursor does not point at a GCC inline
4561 * assembly block.
4562 */
4563
4565
4566/**
4567 * Given a CXCursor_GCCAsmStmt cursor, get the constraint and expression cursor
4568 * to the Index-th input.
4569 * This function returns 1 when the cursor points at a GCC inline assembly
4570 * statement, `Index` is within bounds and both the `Constraint` and `Expr` are
4571 * not NULL.
4572 * Otherwise, this function returns 0 but leaves `Constraint` and `Expr`
4573 * intact.
4574 *
4575 * Users are responsible for releasing the allocation of `Constraint` via
4576 * \c clang_disposeString.
4577 */
4578
4580 unsigned Index,
4581 CXString *Constraint,
4582 CXCursor *Expr);
4583
4584/**
4585 * Given a CXCursor_GCCAsmStmt cursor, get the constraint and expression cursor
4586 * to the Index-th output.
4587 * This function returns 1 when the cursor points at a GCC inline assembly
4588 * statement, `Index` is within bounds and both the `Constraint` and `Expr` are
4589 * not NULL.
4590 * Otherwise, this function returns 0 but leaves `Constraint` and `Expr`
4591 * intact.
4592 *
4593 * Users are responsible for releasing the allocation of `Constraint` via
4594 * \c clang_disposeString.
4595 */
4596
4598 unsigned Index,
4599 CXString *Constraint,
4600 CXCursor *Expr);
4601
4602/**
4603 * Given a CXCursor_GCCAsmStmt cursor, count the clobbers in it.
4604 * This function also returns 0 if the cursor does not point at a GCC inline
4605 * assembly block.
4606 */
4607
4609
4610/**
4611 * Given a CXCursor_GCCAsmStmt cursor, get the Index-th clobber of it.
4612 * This function returns a valid empty string if the cursor does not point
4613 * at a GCC inline assembly block or `Index` is out of bounds.
4614 *
4615 * Users are responsible for releasing the allocation of returned string via
4616 * \c clang_disposeString.
4617 */
4618
4620 unsigned Index);
4621
4622/**
4623 * Given a CXCursor_GCCAsmStmt cursor, check if the inline assembly is
4624 * `volatile`.
4625 * This function returns 0 if the cursor does not point at a GCC inline
4626 * assembly block.
4627 */
4628
4630
4631/**
4632 * @}
4633 */
4634
4635/**
4636 * \defgroup CINDEX_MODULE Module introspection
4637 *
4638 * The functions in this group provide access to information about modules.
4639 *
4640 * @{
4641 */
4642
4643typedef void *CXModule;
4644
4645/**
4646 * Given a CXCursor_ModuleImportDecl cursor, return the associated module.
4647 */
4649
4650/**
4651 * Given a CXFile header file, return the module that contains it, if one
4652 * exists.
4653 */
4655
4656/**
4657 * \param Module a module object.
4658 *
4659 * \returns the module file where the provided module object came from.
4660 *
4661 * @deprecated: module files are longer guaranteed to be loaded from a CXFile
4662 */
4664
4665/**
4666 * \param Module a module object.
4667 *
4668 * \returns the parent of a sub-module or NULL if the given module is top-level,
4669 * e.g. for 'std.vector' it will return the 'std' module.
4670 */
4672
4673/**
4674 * \param Module a module object.
4675 *
4676 * \returns the name of the module, e.g. for the 'std.vector' sub-module it
4677 * will return "vector".
4678 */
4680
4681/**
4682 * \param Module a module object.
4683 *
4684 * \returns the full name of the module, e.g. "std.vector".
4685 */
4687
4688/**
4689 * \param Module a module object.
4690 *
4691 * \returns non-zero if the module is a system one.
4692 */
4694
4695/**
4696 * \param Module a module object.
4697 *
4698 * \returns the number of top level headers associated with this module.
4699 */
4701 CXModule Module);
4702
4703/**
4704 * \param Module a module object.
4705 *
4706 * \param Index top level header index (zero-based).
4707 *
4708 * \returns the specified top level header associated with the module.
4709 */
4712 unsigned Index);
4713
4714/**
4715 * @}
4716 */
4717
4718/**
4719 * \defgroup CINDEX_CPP C++ AST introspection
4720 *
4721 * The routines in this group provide access information in the ASTs specific
4722 * to C++ language features.
4723 *
4724 * @{
4725 */
4726
4727/**
4728 * Determine if a C++ constructor is a converting constructor.
4729 */
4730CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned
4732
4733/**
4734 * Determine if a C++ constructor is a copy constructor.
4735 */
4737
4738/**
4739 * Determine if a C++ constructor is the default constructor.
4740 */
4742
4743/**
4744 * Determine if a C++ constructor is a move constructor.
4745 */
4747
4748/**
4749 * Determine if a C++ field is declared 'mutable'.
4750 */
4752
4753/**
4754 * Determine if a C++ method is declared '= default'.
4755 */
4757
4758/**
4759 * Determine if a C++ method is declared '= delete'.
4760 */
4762
4763/**
4764 * Determine if a C++ member function or member function template is
4765 * pure virtual.
4766 */
4768
4769/**
4770 * Determine if a C++ member function or member function template is
4771 * declared 'static'.
4772 */
4774
4775/**
4776 * Determine if a C++ member function or member function template is
4777 * explicitly declared 'virtual' or if it overrides a virtual method from
4778 * one of the base classes.
4779 */
4781
4782/**
4783 * Determine if a C++ member function is a copy-assignment operator,
4784 * returning 1 if such is the case and 0 otherwise.
4785 *
4786 * > A copy-assignment operator `X::operator=` is a non-static,
4787 * > non-template member function of _class_ `X` with exactly one
4788 * > parameter of type `X`, `X&`, `const X&`, `volatile X&` or `const
4789 * > volatile X&`.
4790 *
4791 * That is, for example, the `operator=` in:
4792 *
4793 * class Foo {
4794 * bool operator=(const volatile Foo&);
4795 * };
4796 *
4797 * Is a copy-assignment operator, while the `operator=` in:
4798 *
4799 * class Bar {
4800 * bool operator=(const int&);
4801 * };
4802 *
4803 * Is not.
4804 */
4806
4807/**
4808 * Determine if a C++ member function is a move-assignment operator,
4809 * returning 1 if such is the case and 0 otherwise.
4810 *
4811 * > A move-assignment operator `X::operator=` is a non-static,
4812 * > non-template member function of _class_ `X` with exactly one
4813 * > parameter of type `X&&`, `const X&&`, `volatile X&&` or `const
4814 * > volatile X&&`.
4815 *
4816 * That is, for example, the `operator=` in:
4817 *
4818 * class Foo {
4819 * bool operator=(const volatile Foo&&);
4820 * };
4821 *
4822 * Is a move-assignment operator, while the `operator=` in:
4823 *
4824 * class Bar {
4825 * bool operator=(const int&&);
4826 * };
4827 *
4828 * Is not.
4829 */
4831
4832/**
4833 * Determines if a C++ constructor or conversion function was declared
4834 * explicit, returning 1 if such is the case and 0 otherwise.
4835 *
4836 * Constructors or conversion functions are declared explicit through
4837 * the use of the explicit specifier.
4838 *
4839 * For example, the following constructor and conversion function are
4840 * not explicit as they lack the explicit specifier:
4841 *
4842 * class Foo {
4843 * Foo();
4844 * operator int();
4845 * };
4846 *
4847 * While the following constructor and conversion function are
4848 * explicit as they are declared with the explicit specifier.
4849 *
4850 * class Foo {
4851 * explicit Foo();
4852 * explicit operator int();
4853 * };
4854 *
4855 * This function will return 0 when given a cursor pointing to one of
4856 * the former declarations and it will return 1 for a cursor pointing
4857 * to the latter declarations.
4858 *
4859 * The explicit specifier allows the user to specify a
4860 * conditional compile-time expression whose value decides
4861 * whether the marked element is explicit or not.
4862 *
4863 * For example:
4864 *
4865 * constexpr bool foo(int i) { return i % 2 == 0; }
4866 *
4867 * class Foo {
4868 * explicit(foo(1)) Foo();
4869 * explicit(foo(2)) operator int();
4870 * }
4871 *
4872 * This function will return 0 for the constructor and 1 for
4873 * the conversion function.
4874 */
4876
4877/**
4878 * Determine if a C++ record is abstract, i.e. whether a class or struct
4879 * has a pure virtual member function.
4880 */
4882
4883/**
4884 * Determine if an enum declaration refers to a scoped enum.
4885 */
4887
4888/**
4889 * Determine if a C++ member function or member function template is
4890 * declared 'const'.
4891 */
4893
4894/**
4895 * Given a cursor that represents a template, determine
4896 * the cursor kind of the specializations would be generated by instantiating
4897 * the template.
4898 *
4899 * This routine can be used to determine what flavor of function template,
4900 * class template, or class template partial specialization is stored in the
4901 * cursor. For example, it can describe whether a class template cursor is
4902 * declared with "struct", "class" or "union".
4903 *
4904 * \param C The cursor to query. This cursor should represent a template
4905 * declaration.
4906 *
4907 * \returns The cursor kind of the specializations that would be generated
4908 * by instantiating the template \p C. If \p C is not a template, returns
4909 * \c CXCursor_NoDeclFound.
4910 */
4912
4913/**
4914 * Given a cursor that may represent a specialization or instantiation
4915 * of a template, retrieve the cursor that represents the template that it
4916 * specializes or from which it was instantiated.
4917 *
4918 * This routine determines the template involved both for explicit
4919 * specializations of templates and for implicit instantiations of the template,
4920 * both of which are referred to as "specializations". For a class template
4921 * specialization (e.g., \c std::vector<bool>), this routine will return
4922 * either the primary template (\c std::vector) or, if the specialization was
4923 * instantiated from a class template partial specialization, the class template
4924 * partial specialization. For a class template partial specialization and a
4925 * function template specialization (including instantiations), this
4926 * this routine will return the specialized template.
4927 *
4928 * For members of a class template (e.g., member functions, member classes, or
4929 * static data members), returns the specialized or instantiated member.
4930 * Although not strictly "templates" in the C++ language, members of class
4931 * templates have the same notions of specializations and instantiations that
4932 * templates do, so this routine treats them similarly.
4933 *
4934 * \param C A cursor that may be a specialization of a template or a member
4935 * of a template.
4936 *
4937 * \returns If the given cursor is a specialization or instantiation of a
4938 * template or a member thereof, the template or member that it specializes or
4939 * from which it was instantiated. Otherwise, returns a NULL cursor.
4940 */
4942
4943/**
4944 * Given a cursor that references something else, return the source range
4945 * covering that reference.
4946 *
4947 * \param C A cursor pointing to a member reference, a declaration reference, or
4948 * an operator call.
4949 * \param NameFlags A bitset with three independent flags:
4950 * CXNameRange_WantQualifier, CXNameRange_WantTemplateArgs, and
4951 * CXNameRange_WantSinglePiece.
4952 * \param PieceIndex For contiguous names or when passing the flag
4953 * CXNameRange_WantSinglePiece, only one piece with index 0 is
4954 * available. When the CXNameRange_WantSinglePiece flag is not passed for a
4955 * non-contiguous names, this index can be used to retrieve the individual
4956 * pieces of the name. See also CXNameRange_WantSinglePiece.
4957 *
4958 * \returns The piece of the name pointed to by the given cursor. If there is no
4959 * name, or if the PieceIndex is out-of-range, a null-cursor will be returned.
4960 */
4962 CXCursor C, unsigned NameFlags, unsigned PieceIndex);
4963
4965 /**
4966 * Include the nested-name-specifier, e.g. Foo:: in x.Foo::y, in the
4967 * range.
4968 */
4970
4971 /**
4972 * Include the explicit template arguments, e.g. <int> in x.f<int>,
4973 * in the range.
4974 */
4976
4977 /**
4978 * If the name is non-contiguous, return the full spanning range.
4979 *
4980 * Non-contiguous names occur in Objective-C when a selector with two or more
4981 * parameters is used, or in C++ when using an operator:
4982 * \code
4983 * [object doSomething:here withValue:there]; // Objective-C
4984 * return some_vector[1]; // C++
4985 * \endcode
4986 */
4988};
4989
4990/**
4991 * @}
4992 */
4993
4994/**
4995 * \defgroup CINDEX_LEX Token extraction and manipulation
4996 *
4997 * The routines in this group provide access to the tokens within a
4998 * translation unit, along with a semantic mapping of those tokens to
4999 * their corresponding cursors.
5000 *
5001 * @{
5002 */
5003
5004/**
5005 * Describes a kind of token.
5006 */
5007typedef enum CXTokenKind {
5008 /**
5009 * A token that contains some kind of punctuation.
5010 */
5012
5013 /**
5014 * A language keyword.
5015 */
5017
5018 /**
5019 * An identifier (that is not a keyword).
5020 */
5022
5023 /**
5024 * A numeric, string, or character literal.
5025 */
5027
5028 /**
5029 * A comment.
5030 */
5033
5034/**
5035 * Describes a single preprocessing token.
5036 */
5037typedef struct {
5038 unsigned int_data[4];
5040} CXToken;
5041
5042/**
5043 * Get the raw lexical token starting with the given location.
5044 *
5045 * \param TU the translation unit whose text is being tokenized.
5046 *
5047 * \param Location the source location with which the token starts.
5048 *
5049 * \returns The token starting with the given location or NULL if no such token
5050 * exist. The returned pointer must be freed with clang_disposeTokens before the
5051 * translation unit is destroyed.
5052 */
5054 CXSourceLocation Location);
5055
5056/**
5057 * Determine the kind of the given token.
5058 */
5060
5061/**
5062 * Determine the spelling of the given token.
5063 *
5064 * The spelling of a token is the textual representation of that token, e.g.,
5065 * the text of an identifier or keyword.
5066 */
5068
5069/**
5070 * Retrieve the source location of the given token.
5071 */
5073 CXToken);
5074
5075/**
5076 * Retrieve a source range that covers the given token.
5077 */
5079
5080/**
5081 * Tokenize the source code described by the given range into raw
5082 * lexical tokens.
5083 *
5084 * \param TU the translation unit whose text is being tokenized.
5085 *
5086 * \param Range the source range in which text should be tokenized. All of the
5087 * tokens produced by tokenization will fall within this source range,
5088 *
5089 * \param Tokens this pointer will be set to point to the array of tokens
5090 * that occur within the given source range. The returned pointer must be
5091 * freed with clang_disposeTokens() before the translation unit is destroyed.
5092 *
5093 * \param NumTokens will be set to the number of tokens in the \c *Tokens
5094 * array.
5095 *
5096 */
5098 CXToken **Tokens, unsigned *NumTokens);
5099
5100/**
5101 * Annotate the given set of tokens by providing cursors for each token
5102 * that can be mapped to a specific entity within the abstract syntax tree.
5103 *
5104 * This token-annotation routine is equivalent to invoking
5105 * clang_getCursor() for the source locations of each of the
5106 * tokens. The cursors provided are filtered, so that only those
5107 * cursors that have a direct correspondence to the token are
5108 * accepted. For example, given a function call \c f(x),
5109 * clang_getCursor() would provide the following cursors:
5110 *
5111 * * when the cursor is over the 'f', a DeclRefExpr cursor referring to 'f'.
5112 * * when the cursor is over the '(' or the ')', a CallExpr referring to 'f'.
5113 * * when the cursor is over the 'x', a DeclRefExpr cursor referring to 'x'.
5114 *
5115 * Only the first and last of these cursors will occur within the
5116 * annotate, since the tokens "f" and "x' directly refer to a function
5117 * and a variable, respectively, but the parentheses are just a small
5118 * part of the full syntax of the function call expression, which is
5119 * not provided as an annotation.
5120 *
5121 * \param TU the translation unit that owns the given tokens.
5122 *
5123 * \param Tokens the set of tokens to annotate.
5124 *
5125 * \param NumTokens the number of tokens in \p Tokens.
5126 *
5127 * \param Cursors an array of \p NumTokens cursors, whose contents will be
5128 * replaced with the cursors corresponding to each token.
5129 */
5131 unsigned NumTokens, CXCursor *Cursors);
5132
5133/**
5134 * Free the given set of tokens.
5135 */
5137 unsigned NumTokens);
5138
5139/**
5140 * @}
5141 */
5142
5143/**
5144 * \defgroup CINDEX_DEBUG Debugging facilities
5145 *
5146 * These routines are used for testing and debugging, only, and should not
5147 * be relied upon.
5148 *
5149 * @{
5150 */
5151
5152/* for debug/testing */
5155 CXCursor, const char **startBuf, const char **endBuf, unsigned *startLine,
5156 unsigned *startColumn, unsigned *endLine, unsigned *endColumn);
5158CINDEX_LINKAGE void clang_executeOnThread(void (*fn)(void *), void *user_data,
5159 unsigned stack_size);
5160
5161/**
5162 * @}
5163 */
5164
5165/**
5166 * \defgroup CINDEX_CODE_COMPLET Code completion
5167 *
5168 * Code completion involves taking an (incomplete) source file, along with
5169 * knowledge of where the user is actively editing that file, and suggesting
5170 * syntactically- and semantically-valid constructs that the user might want to
5171 * use at that particular point in the source code. These data structures and
5172 * routines provide support for code completion.
5173 *
5174 * @{
5175 */
5176
5177/**
5178 * A semantic string that describes a code-completion result.
5179 *
5180 * A semantic string that describes the formatting of a code-completion
5181 * result as a single "template" of text that should be inserted into the
5182 * source buffer when a particular code-completion result is selected.
5183 * Each semantic string is made up of some number of "chunks", each of which
5184 * contains some text along with a description of what that text means, e.g.,
5185 * the name of the entity being referenced, whether the text chunk is part of
5186 * the template, or whether it is a "placeholder" that the user should replace
5187 * with actual code,of a specific kind. See \c CXCompletionChunkKind for a
5188 * description of the different kinds of chunks.
5189 */
5191
5192/**
5193 * A single result of code completion.
5194 */
5195typedef struct {
5196 /**
5197 * The kind of entity that this completion refers to.
5198 *
5199 * The cursor kind will be a macro, keyword, or a declaration (one of the
5200 * *Decl cursor kinds), describing the entity that the completion is
5201 * referring to.
5202 *
5203 * \todo In the future, we would like to provide a full cursor, to allow
5204 * the client to extract additional information from declaration.
5205 */
5207
5208 /**
5209 * The code-completion string that describes how to insert this
5210 * code-completion result into the editing buffer.
5211 */
5214
5215/**
5216 * Describes a single piece of text within a code-completion string.
5217 *
5218 * Each "chunk" within a code-completion string (\c CXCompletionString) is
5219 * either a piece of text with a specific "kind" that describes how that text
5220 * should be interpreted by the client or is another completion string.
5221 */
5223 /**
5224 * A code-completion string that describes "optional" text that
5225 * could be a part of the template (but is not required).
5226 *
5227 * The Optional chunk is the only kind of chunk that has a code-completion
5228 * string for its representation, which is accessible via
5229 * \c clang_getCompletionChunkCompletionString(). The code-completion string
5230 * describes an additional part of the template that is completely optional.
5231 * For example, optional chunks can be used to describe the placeholders for
5232 * arguments that match up with defaulted function parameters, e.g. given:
5233 *
5234 * \code
5235 * void f(int x, float y = 3.14, double z = 2.71828);
5236 * \endcode
5237 *
5238 * The code-completion string for this function would contain:
5239 * - a TypedText chunk for "f".
5240 * - a LeftParen chunk for "(".
5241 * - a Placeholder chunk for "int x"
5242 * - an Optional chunk containing the remaining defaulted arguments, e.g.,
5243 * - a Comma chunk for ","
5244 * - a Placeholder chunk for "float y"
5245 * - an Optional chunk containing the last defaulted argument:
5246 * - a Comma chunk for ","
5247 * - a Placeholder chunk for "double z"
5248 * - a RightParen chunk for ")"
5249 *
5250 * There are many ways to handle Optional chunks. Two simple approaches are:
5251 * - Completely ignore optional chunks, in which case the template for the
5252 * function "f" would only include the first parameter ("int x").
5253 * - Fully expand all optional chunks, in which case the template for the
5254 * function "f" would have all of the parameters.
5255 */
5257 /**
5258 * Text that a user would be expected to type to get this
5259 * code-completion result.
5260 *
5261 * There will be exactly one "typed text" chunk in a semantic string, which
5262 * will typically provide the spelling of a keyword or the name of a
5263 * declaration that could be used at the current code point. Clients are
5264 * expected to filter the code-completion results based on the text in this
5265 * chunk.
5266 */
5268 /**
5269 * Text that should be inserted as part of a code-completion result.
5270 *
5271 * A "text" chunk represents text that is part of the template to be
5272 * inserted into user code should this particular code-completion result
5273 * be selected.
5274 */
5276 /**
5277 * Placeholder text that should be replaced by the user.
5278 *
5279 * A "placeholder" chunk marks a place where the user should insert text
5280 * into the code-completion template. For example, placeholders might mark
5281 * the function parameters for a function declaration, to indicate that the
5282 * user should provide arguments for each of those parameters. The actual
5283 * text in a placeholder is a suggestion for the text to display before
5284 * the user replaces the placeholder with real code.
5285 */
5287 /**
5288 * Informative text that should be displayed but never inserted as
5289 * part of the template.
5290 *
5291 * An "informative" chunk contains annotations that can be displayed to
5292 * help the user decide whether a particular code-completion result is the
5293 * right option, but which is not part of the actual template to be inserted
5294 * by code completion.
5295 */
5297 /**
5298 * Text that describes the current parameter when code-completion is
5299 * referring to function call, message send, or template specialization.
5300 *
5301 * A "current parameter" chunk occurs when code-completion is providing
5302 * information about a parameter corresponding to the argument at the
5303 * code-completion point. For example, given a function
5304 *
5305 * \code
5306 * int add(int x, int y);
5307 * \endcode
5308 *
5309 * and the source code \c add(, where the code-completion point is after the
5310 * "(", the code-completion string will contain a "current parameter" chunk
5311 * for "int x", indicating that the current argument will initialize that
5312 * parameter. After typing further, to \c add(17, (where the code-completion
5313 * point is after the ","), the code-completion string will contain a
5314 * "current parameter" chunk to "int y".
5315 */
5317 /**
5318 * A left parenthesis ('('), used to initiate a function call or
5319 * signal the beginning of a function parameter list.
5320 */
5322 /**
5323 * A right parenthesis (')'), used to finish a function call or
5324 * signal the end of a function parameter list.
5325 */
5327 /**
5328 * A left bracket ('[').
5329 */
5331 /**
5332 * A right bracket (']').
5333 */
5335 /**
5336 * A left brace ('{').
5337 */
5339 /**
5340 * A right brace ('}').
5341 */
5343 /**
5344 * A left angle bracket ('<').
5345 */
5347 /**
5348 * A right angle bracket ('>').
5349 */
5351 /**
5352 * A comma separator (',').
5353 */
5355 /**
5356 * Text that specifies the result type of a given result.
5357 *
5358 * This special kind of informative chunk is not meant to be inserted into
5359 * the text buffer. Rather, it is meant to illustrate the type that an
5360 * expression using the given completion string would have.
5361 */
5363 /**
5364 * A colon (':').
5365 */
5367 /**
5368 * A semicolon (';').
5369 */
5371 /**
5372 * An '=' sign.
5373 */
5375 /**
5376 * Horizontal space (' ').
5377 */
5379 /**
5380 * Vertical space ('\\n'), after which it is generally a good idea to
5381 * perform indentation.
5382 */
5384};
5385
5386/**
5387 * Determine the kind of a particular chunk within a completion string.
5388 *
5389 * \param completion_string the completion string to query.
5390 *
5391 * \param chunk_number the 0-based index of the chunk in the completion string.
5392 *
5393 * \returns the kind of the chunk at the index \c chunk_number.
5394 */
5397 unsigned chunk_number);
5398
5399/**
5400 * Retrieve the text associated with a particular chunk within a
5401 * completion string.
5402 *
5403 * \param completion_string the completion string to query.
5404 *
5405 * \param chunk_number the 0-based index of the chunk in the completion string.
5406 *
5407 * \returns the text associated with the chunk at index \c chunk_number.
5408 */
5410 CXCompletionString completion_string, unsigned chunk_number);
5411
5412/**
5413 * Retrieve the completion string associated with a particular chunk
5414 * within a completion string.
5415 *
5416 * \param completion_string the completion string to query.
5417 *
5418 * \param chunk_number the 0-based index of the chunk in the completion string.
5419 *
5420 * \returns the completion string associated with the chunk at index
5421 * \c chunk_number.
5422 */
5424 CXCompletionString completion_string, unsigned chunk_number);
5425
5426/**
5427 * Retrieve the number of chunks in the given code-completion string.
5428 */
5429CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned
5431
5432/**
5433 * Determine the priority of this code completion.
5434 *
5435 * The priority of a code completion indicates how likely it is that this
5436 * particular completion is the completion that the user will select. The
5437 * priority is selected by various internal heuristics.
5438 *
5439 * \param completion_string The completion string to query.
5440 *
5441 * \returns The priority of this completion string. Smaller values indicate
5442 * higher-priority (more likely) completions.
5443 */
5444CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned
5446
5447/**
5448 * Determine the availability of the entity that this code-completion
5449 * string refers to.
5450 *
5451 * \param completion_string The completion string to query.
5452 *
5453 * \returns The availability of the completion string.
5454 */
5457
5458/**
5459 * Retrieve the number of annotations associated with the given
5460 * completion string.
5461 *
5462 * \param completion_string the completion string to query.
5463 *
5464 * \returns the number of annotations associated with the given completion
5465 * string.
5466 */
5467CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned
5469
5470/**
5471 * Retrieve the annotation associated with the given completion string.
5472 *
5473 * \param completion_string the completion string to query.
5474 *
5475 * \param annotation_number the 0-based index of the annotation of the
5476 * completion string.
5477 *
5478 * \returns annotation string associated with the completion at index
5479 * \c annotation_number, or a NULL string if that annotation is not available.
5480 */
5482 CXCompletionString completion_string, unsigned annotation_number);
5483
5484/**
5485 * Retrieve the parent context of the given completion string.
5486 *
5487 * The parent context of a completion string is the semantic parent of
5488 * the declaration (if any) that the code completion represents. For example,
5489 * a code completion for an Objective-C method would have the method's class
5490 * or protocol as its context.
5491 *
5492 * \param completion_string The code completion string whose parent is
5493 * being queried.
5494 *
5495 * \param kind DEPRECATED: always set to CXCursor_NotImplemented if non-NULL.
5496 *
5497 * \returns The name of the completion parent, e.g., "NSObject" if
5498 * the completion string represents a method in the NSObject class.
5499 */
5501 CXCompletionString completion_string, enum CXCursorKind *kind);
5502
5503/**
5504 * Retrieve the brief documentation comment attached to the declaration
5505 * that corresponds to the given completion string.
5506 */
5509
5510/**
5511 * Retrieve a completion string for an arbitrary declaration or macro
5512 * definition cursor.
5513 *
5514 * \param cursor The cursor to query.
5515 *
5516 * \returns A non-context-sensitive completion string for declaration and macro
5517 * definition cursors, or NULL for other kinds of cursors.
5518 */
5521
5522/**
5523 * Contains the results of code-completion.
5524 *
5525 * This data structure contains the results of code completion, as
5526 * produced by \c clang_codeCompleteAt(). Its contents must be freed by
5527 * \c clang_disposeCodeCompleteResults.
5528 */
5529typedef struct {
5530 /**
5531 * The code-completion results.
5532 */
5534
5535 /**
5536 * The number of code-completion results stored in the
5537 * \c Results array.
5538 */
5539 unsigned NumResults;
5541
5542/**
5543 * Retrieve the number of fix-its for the given completion index.
5544 *
5545 * Calling this makes sense only if CXCodeComplete_IncludeCompletionsWithFixIts
5546 * option was set.
5547 *
5548 * \param results The structure keeping all completion results
5549 *
5550 * \param completion_index The index of the completion
5551 *
5552 * \return The number of fix-its which must be applied before the completion at
5553 * completion_index can be applied
5554 */
5555CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned
5557 unsigned completion_index);
5558
5559/**
5560 * Fix-its that *must* be applied before inserting the text for the
5561 * corresponding completion.
5562 *
5563 * By default, clang_codeCompleteAt() only returns completions with empty
5564 * fix-its. Extra completions with non-empty fix-its should be explicitly
5565 * requested by setting CXCodeComplete_IncludeCompletionsWithFixIts.
5566 *
5567 * For the clients to be able to compute position of the cursor after applying
5568 * fix-its, the following conditions are guaranteed to hold for
5569 * replacement_range of the stored fix-its:
5570 * - Ranges in the fix-its are guaranteed to never contain the completion
5571 * point (or identifier under completion point, if any) inside them, except
5572 * at the start or at the end of the range.
5573 * - If a fix-it range starts or ends with completion point (or starts or
5574 * ends after the identifier under completion point), it will contain at
5575 * least one character. It allows to unambiguously recompute completion
5576 * point after applying the fix-it.
5577 *
5578 * The intuition is that provided fix-its change code around the identifier we
5579 * complete, but are not allowed to touch the identifier itself or the
5580 * completion point. One example of completions with corrections are the ones
5581 * replacing '.' with '->' and vice versa:
5582 *
5583 * std::unique_ptr<std::vector<int>> vec_ptr;
5584 * In 'vec_ptr.^', one of the completions is 'push_back', it requires
5585 * replacing '.' with '->'.
5586 * In 'vec_ptr->^', one of the completions is 'release', it requires
5587 * replacing '->' with '.'.
5588 *
5589 * \param results The structure keeping all completion results
5590 *
5591 * \param completion_index The index of the completion
5592 *
5593 * \param fixit_index The index of the fix-it for the completion at
5594 * completion_index
5595 *
5596 * \param replacement_range The fix-it range that must be replaced before the
5597 * completion at completion_index can be applied
5598 *
5599 * \returns The fix-it string that must replace the code at replacement_range
5600 * before the completion at completion_index can be applied
5601 */
5603 CXCodeCompleteResults *results, unsigned completion_index,
5604 unsigned fixit_index, CXSourceRange *replacement_range);
5605
5606/**
5607 * Flags that can be passed to \c clang_codeCompleteAt() to
5608 * modify its behavior.
5609 *
5610 * The enumerators in this enumeration can be bitwise-OR'd together to
5611 * provide multiple options to \c clang_codeCompleteAt().
5612 */
5614 /**
5615 * Whether to include macros within the set of code
5616 * completions returned.
5617 */
5619
5620 /**
5621 * Whether to include code patterns for language constructs
5622 * within the set of code completions, e.g., for loops.
5623 */
5625
5626 /**
5627 * Whether to include brief documentation within the set of code
5628 * completions returned.
5629 */
5631
5632 /**
5633 * Whether to speed up completion by omitting top- or namespace-level entities
5634 * defined in the preamble. There's no guarantee any particular entity is
5635 * omitted. This may be useful if the headers are indexed externally.
5636 */
5638
5639 /**
5640 * Whether to include completions with small
5641 * fix-its, e.g. change '.' to '->' on member access, etc.
5642 */
5644};
5645
5646/**
5647 * Bits that represent the context under which completion is occurring.
5648 *
5649 * The enumerators in this enumeration may be bitwise-OR'd together if multiple
5650 * contexts are occurring simultaneously.
5651 */
5653 /**
5654 * The context for completions is unexposed, as only Clang results
5655 * should be included. (This is equivalent to having no context bits set.)
5656 */
5658
5659 /**
5660 * Completions for any possible type should be included in the results.
5661 */
5663
5664 /**
5665 * Completions for any possible value (variables, function calls, etc.)
5666 * should be included in the results.
5667 */
5669 /**
5670 * Completions for values that resolve to an Objective-C object should
5671 * be included in the results.
5672 */
5674 /**
5675 * Completions for values that resolve to an Objective-C selector
5676 * should be included in the results.
5677 */
5679 /**
5680 * Completions for values that resolve to a C++ class type should be
5681 * included in the results.
5682 */
5684
5685 /**
5686 * Completions for fields of the member being accessed using the dot
5687 * operator should be included in the results.
5688 */
5690 /**
5691 * Completions for fields of the member being accessed using the arrow
5692 * operator should be included in the results.
5693 */
5695 /**
5696 * Completions for properties of the Objective-C object being accessed
5697 * using the dot operator should be included in the results.
5698 */
5700
5701 /**
5702 * Completions for enum tags should be included in the results.
5703 */
5705 /**
5706 * Completions for union tags should be included in the results.
5707 */
5709 /**
5710 * Completions for struct tags should be included in the results.
5711 */
5713
5714 /**
5715 * Completions for C++ class names should be included in the results.
5716 */
5718 /**
5719 * Completions for C++ namespaces and namespace aliases should be
5720 * included in the results.
5721 */
5723 /**
5724 * Completions for C++ nested name specifiers should be included in
5725 * the results.
5726 */
5728
5729 /**
5730 * Completions for Objective-C interfaces (classes) should be included
5731 * in the results.
5732 */
5734 /**
5735 * Completions for Objective-C protocols should be included in
5736 * the results.
5737 */
5739 /**
5740 * Completions for Objective-C categories should be included in
5741 * the results.
5742 */
5744 /**
5745 * Completions for Objective-C instance messages should be included
5746 * in the results.
5747 */
5749 /**
5750 * Completions for Objective-C class messages should be included in
5751 * the results.
5752 */
5754 /**
5755 * Completions for Objective-C selector names should be included in
5756 * the results.
5757 */
5759
5760 /**
5761 * Completions for preprocessor macro names should be included in
5762 * the results.
5763 */
5765
5766 /**
5767 * Natural language completions should be included in the results.
5768 */
5770
5771 /**
5772 * #include file completions should be included in the results.
5773 */
5775
5776 /**
5777 * The current context is unknown, so set all contexts.
5778 */
5780};
5781
5782/**
5783 * Returns a default set of code-completion options that can be
5784 * passed to\c clang_codeCompleteAt().
5785 */
5787
5788/**
5789 * Perform code completion at a given location in a translation unit.
5790 *
5791 * This function performs code completion at a particular file, line, and
5792 * column within source code, providing results that suggest potential
5793 * code snippets based on the context of the completion. The basic model
5794 * for code completion is that Clang will parse a complete source file,
5795 * performing syntax checking up to the location where code-completion has
5796 * been requested. At that point, a special code-completion token is passed
5797 * to the parser, which recognizes this token and determines, based on the
5798 * current location in the C/Objective-C/C++ grammar and the state of
5799 * semantic analysis, what completions to provide. These completions are
5800 * returned via a new \c CXCodeCompleteResults structure.
5801 *
5802 * Code completion itself is meant to be triggered by the client when the
5803 * user types punctuation characters or whitespace, at which point the
5804 * code-completion location will coincide with the cursor. For example, if \c p
5805 * is a pointer, code-completion might be triggered after the "-" and then
5806 * after the ">" in \c p->. When the code-completion location is after the ">",
5807 * the completion results will provide, e.g., the members of the struct that
5808 * "p" points to. The client is responsible for placing the cursor at the
5809 * beginning of the token currently being typed, then filtering the results
5810 * based on the contents of the token. For example, when code-completing for
5811 * the expression \c p->get, the client should provide the location just after
5812 * the ">" (e.g., pointing at the "g") to this code-completion hook. Then, the
5813 * client can filter the results based on the current token text ("get"), only
5814 * showing those results that start with "get". The intent of this interface
5815 * is to separate the relatively high-latency acquisition of code-completion
5816 * results from the filtering of results on a per-character basis, which must
5817 * have a lower latency.
5818 *
5819 * \param TU The translation unit in which code-completion should
5820 * occur. The source files for this translation unit need not be
5821 * completely up-to-date (and the contents of those source files may
5822 * be overridden via \p unsaved_files). Cursors referring into the
5823 * translation unit may be invalidated by this invocation.
5824 *
5825 * \param complete_filename The name of the source file where code
5826 * completion should be performed. This filename may be any file
5827 * included in the translation unit.
5828 *
5829 * \param complete_line The line at which code-completion should occur.
5830 *
5831 * \param complete_column The column at which code-completion should occur.
5832 * Note that the column should point just after the syntactic construct that
5833 * initiated code completion, and not in the middle of a lexical token.
5834 *
5835 * \param unsaved_files the Files that have not yet been saved to disk
5836 * but may be required for parsing or code completion, including the
5837 * contents of those files. The contents and name of these files (as
5838 * specified by CXUnsavedFile) are copied when necessary, so the
5839 * client only needs to guarantee their validity until the call to
5840 * this function returns.
5841 *
5842 * \param num_unsaved_files The number of unsaved file entries in \p
5843 * unsaved_files.
5844 *
5845 * \param options Extra options that control the behavior of code
5846 * completion, expressed as a bitwise OR of the enumerators of the
5847 * CXCodeComplete_Flags enumeration. The
5848 * \c clang_defaultCodeCompleteOptions() function returns a default set
5849 * of code-completion options.
5850 *
5851 * \returns If successful, a new \c CXCodeCompleteResults structure
5852 * containing code-completion results, which should eventually be
5853 * freed with \c clang_disposeCodeCompleteResults(). If code
5854 * completion fails, returns NULL.
5855 */
5858clang_codeCompleteAt(CXTranslationUnit TU, const char *complete_filename,
5859 unsigned complete_line, unsigned complete_column,
5860 struct CXUnsavedFile *unsaved_files,
5861 unsigned num_unsaved_files, unsigned options);
5862
5863/**
5864 * Sort the code-completion results in case-insensitive alphabetical
5865 * order.
5866 *
5867 * \param Results The set of results to sort.
5868 * \param NumResults The number of results in \p Results.
5869 */
5872 unsigned NumResults);
5873
5874/**
5875 * Free the given set of code-completion results.
5876 */
5879
5880/**
5881 * Determine the number of diagnostics produced prior to the
5882 * location where code completion was performed.
5883 */
5886
5887/**
5888 * Retrieve a diagnostic associated with the given code completion.
5889 *
5890 * \param Results the code completion results to query.
5891 * \param Index the zero-based diagnostic number to retrieve.
5892 *
5893 * \returns the requested diagnostic. This diagnostic must be freed
5894 * via a call to \c clang_disposeDiagnostic().
5895 */
5898 unsigned Index);
5899
5900/**
5901 * Determines what completions are appropriate for the context
5902 * the given code completion.
5903 *
5904 * \param Results the code completion results to query
5905 *
5906 * \returns the kinds of completions that are appropriate for use
5907 * along with the given code completion results.
5908 */
5910unsigned long long
5912
5913/**
5914 * Returns the cursor kind for the container for the current code
5915 * completion context. The container is only guaranteed to be set for
5916 * contexts where a container exists (i.e. member accesses or Objective-C
5917 * message sends); if there is not a container, this function will return
5918 * CXCursor_InvalidCode.
5919 *
5920 * \param Results the code completion results to query
5921 *
5922 * \param IsIncomplete on return, this value will be false if Clang has complete
5923 * information about the container. If Clang does not have complete
5924 * information, this value will be true.
5925 *
5926 * \returns the container kind, or CXCursor_InvalidCode if there is not a
5927 * container
5928 */
5930enum CXCursorKind
5932 unsigned *IsIncomplete);
5933
5934/**
5935 * Returns the USR for the container for the current code completion
5936 * context. If there is not a container for the current context, this
5937 * function will return the empty string.
5938 *
5939 * \param Results the code completion results to query
5940 *
5941 * \returns the USR for the container
5942 */
5945
5946/**
5947 * Returns the currently-entered selector for an Objective-C message
5948 * send, formatted like "initWithFoo:bar:". Only guaranteed to return a
5949 * non-empty string for CXCompletionContext_ObjCInstanceMessage and
5950 * CXCompletionContext_ObjCClassMessage.
5951 *
5952 * \param Results the code completion results to query
5953 *
5954 * \returns the selector (or partial selector) that has been entered thus far
5955 * for an Objective-C message send.
5956 */
5959
5960/**
5961 * @}
5962 */
5963
5964/**
5965 * \defgroup CINDEX_MISC Miscellaneous utility functions
5966 *
5967 * @{
5968 */
5969
5970/**
5971 * Return a version string, suitable for showing to a user, but not
5972 * intended to be parsed (the format is not guaranteed to be stable).
5973 */
5975
5976/**
5977 * Enable/disable crash recovery.
5978 *
5979 * \param isEnabled Flag to indicate if crash recovery is enabled. A non-zero
5980 * value enables crash recovery, while 0 disables it.
5981 */
5983
5984/**
5985 * Visitor invoked for each file in a translation unit
5986 * (used with clang_getInclusions()).
5987 *
5988 * This visitor function will be invoked by clang_getInclusions() for each
5989 * file included (either at the top-level or by \#include directives) within
5990 * a translation unit. The first argument is the file being included, and
5991 * the second and third arguments provide the inclusion stack. The
5992 * array is sorted in order of immediate inclusion. For example,
5993 * the first element refers to the location that included 'included_file'.
5994 */
5995typedef void (*CXInclusionVisitor)(CXFile included_file,
5996 CXSourceLocation *inclusion_stack,
5997 unsigned include_len,
5998 CXClientData client_data);
5999
6000/**
6001 * Visit the set of preprocessor inclusions in a translation unit.
6002 * The visitor function is called with the provided data for every included
6003 * file. This does not include headers included by the PCH file (unless one
6004 * is inspecting the inclusions in the PCH file itself).
6005 */
6007 CXInclusionVisitor visitor,
6008 CXClientData client_data);
6009
6021
6022/**
6023 * Evaluation result of a cursor
6024 */
6025typedef void *CXEvalResult;
6026
6027/**
6028 * If cursor is a statement declaration tries to evaluate the
6029 * statement and if its variable, tries to evaluate its initializer,
6030 * into its corresponding type.
6031 * If it's an expression, tries to evaluate the expression.
6032 */
6034
6035/**
6036 * Returns the kind of the evaluated result.
6037 */
6039
6040/**
6041 * Returns the evaluation result as integer if the
6042 * kind is Int.
6043 */
6045
6046/**
6047 * Returns the evaluation result as a long long integer if the
6048 * kind is Int. This prevents overflows that may happen if the result is
6049 * returned with clang_EvalResult_getAsInt.
6050 */
6052
6053/**
6054 * Returns a non-zero value if the kind is Int and the evaluation
6055 * result resulted in an unsigned integer.
6056 */
6058
6059/**
6060 * Returns the evaluation result as an unsigned integer if
6061 * the kind is Int and clang_EvalResult_isUnsignedInt is non-zero.
6062 */
6063CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned long long
6065
6066/**
6067 * Returns the evaluation result as double if the
6068 * kind is double.
6069 */
6071
6072/**
6073 * Returns the evaluation result as a constant string if the
6074 * kind is other than Int or float. User must not free this pointer,
6075 * instead call clang_EvalResult_dispose on the CXEvalResult returned
6076 * by clang_Cursor_Evaluate.
6077 */
6079
6080/**
6081 * Disposes the created Eval memory.
6082 */
6084/**
6085 * @}
6086 */
6087
6088/** \defgroup CINDEX_HIGH Higher level API functions
6089 *
6090 * @{
6091 */
6092
6094
6099
6100typedef enum {
6101 /**
6102 * Function returned successfully.
6103 */
6105 /**
6106 * One of the parameters was invalid for the function.
6107 */
6109 /**
6110 * The function was terminated by a callback (e.g. it returned
6111 * CXVisit_Break)
6112 */
6114
6115} CXResult;
6116
6117/**
6118 * Find references of a declaration in a specific file.
6119 *
6120 * \param cursor pointing to a declaration or a reference of one.
6121 *
6122 * \param file to search for references.
6123 *
6124 * \param visitor callback that will receive pairs of CXCursor/CXSourceRange for
6125 * each reference found.
6126 * The CXSourceRange will point inside the file; if the reference is inside
6127 * a macro (and not a macro argument) the CXSourceRange will be invalid.
6128 *
6129 * \returns one of the CXResult enumerators.
6130 */
6132 CXCursor cursor, CXFile file, CXCursorAndRangeVisitor visitor);
6133
6134/**
6135 * Find #import/#include directives in a specific file.
6136 *
6137 * \param TU translation unit containing the file to query.
6138 *
6139 * \param file to search for #import/#include directives.
6140 *
6141 * \param visitor callback that will receive pairs of CXCursor/CXSourceRange for
6142 * each directive found.
6143 *
6144 * \returns one of the CXResult enumerators.
6145 */
6148
6149#if __has_feature(blocks)
6152#else
6153typedef struct _CXCursorAndRangeVisitorBlock *CXCursorAndRangeVisitorBlock;
6154#endif
6155
6159
6163
6164/**
6165 * The client's data object that is associated with a CXFile.
6166 */
6167typedef void *CXIdxClientFile;
6168
6169/**
6170 * The client's data object that is associated with a semantic entity.
6171 */
6172typedef void *CXIdxClientEntity;
6173
6174/**
6175 * The client's data object that is associated with a semantic container
6176 * of entities.
6177 */
6179
6180/**
6181 * The client's data object that is associated with an AST file (PCH
6182 * or module).
6183 */
6185
6186/**
6187 * Source location passed to index callbacks.
6188 */
6189typedef struct {
6190 void *ptr_data[2];
6191 unsigned int_data;
6192} CXIdxLoc;
6193
6194/**
6195 * Data for ppIncludedFile callback.
6196 */
6197typedef struct {
6198 /**
6199 * Location of '#' in the \#include/\#import directive.
6200 */
6202 /**
6203 * Filename as written in the \#include/\#import directive.
6204 */
6205 const char *filename;
6206 /**
6207 * The actual file that the \#include/\#import directive resolved to.
6208 */
6212 /**
6213 * Non-zero if the directive was automatically turned into a module
6214 * import.
6215 */
6218
6219/**
6220 * Data for IndexerCallbacks#importedASTFile.
6221 */
6222typedef struct {
6223 /**
6224 * Top level AST file containing the imported PCH, module or submodule.
6225 */
6227 /**
6228 * The imported module or NULL if the AST file is a PCH.
6229 */
6231 /**
6232 * Location where the file is imported. Applicable only for modules.
6233 */
6235 /**
6236 * Non-zero if an inclusion directive was automatically turned into
6237 * a module import. Applicable only for modules.
6238 */
6240
6242
6278
6286
6287/**
6288 * Extra C++ template information for an entity. This can apply to:
6289 * CXIdxEntity_Function
6290 * CXIdxEntity_CXXClass
6291 * CXIdxEntity_CXXStaticMethod
6292 * CXIdxEntity_CXXInstanceMethod
6293 * CXIdxEntity_CXXConstructor
6294 * CXIdxEntity_CXXConversionFunction
6295 * CXIdxEntity_CXXTypeAlias
6296 */
6303
6310
6316
6327
6328typedef struct {
6331
6338
6340
6341typedef struct {
6346 /**
6347 * Generally same as #semanticContainer but can be different in
6348 * cases like out-of-line C++ member functions.
6349 */
6355 /**
6356 * Whether the declaration exists in code or was created implicitly
6357 * by the compiler, e.g. implicit Objective-C methods for properties.
6358 */
6362
6363 unsigned flags;
6364
6366
6372
6377
6383
6389
6394
6400
6408
6414
6415typedef struct {
6418 unsigned numBases;
6420
6421/**
6422 * Data for IndexerCallbacks#indexEntityReference.
6423 *
6424 * This may be deprecated in a future version as this duplicates
6425 * the \c CXSymbolRole_Implicit bit in \c CXSymbolRole.
6426 */
6427typedef enum {
6428 /**
6429 * The entity is referenced directly in user's code.
6430 */
6432 /**
6433 * An implicit reference, e.g. a reference of an Objective-C method
6434 * via the dot syntax.
6435 */
6438
6439/**
6440 * Roles that are attributed to symbol occurrences.
6441 *
6442 * Internal: this currently mirrors low 9 bits of clang::index::SymbolRole with
6443 * higher bits zeroed. These high bits may be exposed in the future.
6444 */
6457
6458/**
6459 * Data for IndexerCallbacks#indexEntityReference.
6460 */
6461typedef struct {
6463 /**
6464 * Reference cursor.
6465 */
6468 /**
6469 * The entity that gets referenced.
6470 */
6472 /**
6473 * Immediate "parent" of the reference. For example:
6474 *
6475 * \code
6476 * Foo *var;
6477 * \endcode
6478 *
6479 * The parent of reference of type 'Foo' is the variable 'var'.
6480 * For references inside statement bodies of functions/methods,
6481 * the parentEntity will be the function/method.
6482 */
6484 /**
6485 * Lexical container context of the reference.
6486 */
6488 /**
6489 * Sets of symbol roles of the reference.
6490 */
6493
6494/**
6495 * A group of callbacks used by #clang_indexSourceFile and
6496 * #clang_indexTranslationUnit.
6497 */
6498typedef struct {
6499 /**
6500 * Called periodically to check whether indexing should be aborted.
6501 * Should return 0 to continue, and non-zero to abort.
6502 */
6503 int (*abortQuery)(CXClientData client_data, void *reserved);
6504
6505 /**
6506 * Called at the end of indexing; passes the complete diagnostic set.
6507 */
6508 void (*diagnostic)(CXClientData client_data, CXDiagnosticSet, void *reserved);
6509
6511 void *reserved);
6512
6513 /**
6514 * Called when a file gets \#included/\#imported.
6515 */
6517 const CXIdxIncludedFileInfo *);
6518
6519 /**
6520 * Called when a AST file (PCH or module) gets imported.
6521 *
6522 * AST files will not get indexed (there will not be callbacks to index all
6523 * the entities in an AST file). The recommended action is that, if the AST
6524 * file is not already indexed, to initiate a new indexing job specific to
6525 * the AST file.
6526 */
6528 const CXIdxImportedASTFileInfo *);
6529
6530 /**
6531 * Called at the beginning of indexing a translation unit.
6532 */
6534 void *reserved);
6535
6536 void (*indexDeclaration)(CXClientData client_data, const CXIdxDeclInfo *);
6537
6538 /**
6539 * Called to index a reference of an entity.
6540 */
6542 const CXIdxEntityRefInfo *);
6543
6545
6549
6552
6556
6559
6562
6565
6568
6569/**
6570 * For retrieving a custom CXIdxClientContainer attached to a
6571 * container.
6572 */
6575
6576/**
6577 * For setting a custom CXIdxClientContainer attached to a
6578 * container.
6579 */
6582
6583/**
6584 * For retrieving a custom CXIdxClientEntity attached to an entity.
6585 */
6588
6589/**
6590 * For setting a custom CXIdxClientEntity attached to an entity.
6591 */
6594
6595/**
6596 * An indexing action/session, to be applied to one or multiple
6597 * translation units.
6598 */
6599typedef void *CXIndexAction;
6600
6601/**
6602 * An indexing action/session, to be applied to one or multiple
6603 * translation units.
6604 *
6605 * \param CIdx The index object with which the index action will be associated.
6606 */
6608
6609/**
6610 * Destroy the given index action.
6611 *
6612 * The index action must not be destroyed until all of the translation units
6613 * created within that index action have been destroyed.
6614 */
6616
6617typedef enum {
6618 /**
6619 * Used to indicate that no special indexing options are needed.
6620 */
6622
6623 /**
6624 * Used to indicate that IndexerCallbacks#indexEntityReference should
6625 * be invoked for only one reference of an entity per source file that does
6626 * not also include a declaration/definition of the entity.
6627 */
6629
6630 /**
6631 * Function-local symbols should be indexed. If this is not set
6632 * function-local symbols will be ignored.
6633 */
6635
6636 /**
6637 * Implicit function/class template instantiations should be indexed.
6638 * If this is not set, implicit instantiations will be ignored.
6639 */
6641
6642 /**
6643 * Suppress all compiler warnings when parsing for indexing.
6644 */
6646
6647 /**
6648 * Skip a function/method body that was already parsed during an
6649 * indexing session associated with a \c CXIndexAction object.
6650 * Bodies in system headers are always skipped.
6651 */
6653
6655
6656/**
6657 * Index the given source file and the translation unit corresponding
6658 * to that file via callbacks implemented through #IndexerCallbacks.
6659 *
6660 * \param client_data pointer data supplied by the client, which will
6661 * be passed to the invoked callbacks.
6662 *
6663 * \param index_callbacks Pointer to indexing callbacks that the client
6664 * implements.
6665 *
6666 * \param index_callbacks_size Size of #IndexerCallbacks structure that gets
6667 * passed in index_callbacks.
6668 *
6669 * \param index_options A bitmask of options that affects how indexing is
6670 * performed. This should be a bitwise OR of the CXIndexOpt_XXX flags.
6671 *
6672 * \param[out] out_TU pointer to store a \c CXTranslationUnit that can be
6673 * reused after indexing is finished. Set to \c NULL if you do not require it.
6674 *
6675 * \returns 0 on success or if there were errors from which the compiler could
6676 * recover. If there is a failure from which there is no recovery, returns
6677 * a non-zero \c CXErrorCode.
6678 *
6679 * The rest of the parameters are the same as #clang_parseTranslationUnit.
6680 */
6682 CXIndexAction, CXClientData client_data, IndexerCallbacks *index_callbacks,
6683 unsigned index_callbacks_size, unsigned index_options,
6684 const char *source_filename, const char *const *command_line_args,
6685 int num_command_line_args, struct CXUnsavedFile *unsaved_files,
6686 unsigned num_unsaved_files, CXTranslationUnit *out_TU, unsigned TU_options);
6687
6688/**
6689 * Same as clang_indexSourceFile but requires a full command line
6690 * for \c command_line_args including argv[0]. This is useful if the standard
6691 * library paths are relative to the binary.
6692 */
6694 CXIndexAction, CXClientData client_data, IndexerCallbacks *index_callbacks,
6695 unsigned index_callbacks_size, unsigned index_options,
6696 const char *source_filename, const char *const *command_line_args,
6697 int num_command_line_args, struct CXUnsavedFile *unsaved_files,
6698 unsigned num_unsaved_files, CXTranslationUnit *out_TU, unsigned TU_options);
6699
6700/**
6701 * Index the given translation unit via callbacks implemented through
6702 * #IndexerCallbacks.
6703 *
6704 * The order of callback invocations is not guaranteed to be the same as
6705 * when indexing a source file. The high level order will be:
6706 *
6707 * -Preprocessor callbacks invocations
6708 * -Declaration/reference callbacks invocations
6709 * -Diagnostic callback invocations
6710 *
6711 * The parameters are the same as #clang_indexSourceFile.
6712 *
6713 * \returns If there is a failure from which there is no recovery, returns
6714 * non-zero, otherwise returns 0.
6715 */
6717 CXIndexAction, CXClientData client_data, IndexerCallbacks *index_callbacks,
6718 unsigned index_callbacks_size, unsigned index_options, CXTranslationUnit);
6719
6720/**
6721 * Retrieve the CXIdxFile, file, line, column, and offset represented by
6722 * the given CXIdxLoc.
6723 *
6724 * If the location refers into a macro expansion, retrieves the
6725 * location of the macro expansion and if it refers into a macro argument
6726 * retrieves the location of the argument.
6727 */
6729 CXIdxClientFile *indexFile,
6730 CXFile *file, unsigned *line,
6731 unsigned *column,
6732 unsigned *offset);
6733
6734/**
6735 * Retrieve the CXSourceLocation represented by the given CXIdxLoc.
6736 */
6739
6740/**
6741 * Visitor invoked for each field found by a traversal.
6742 *
6743 * This visitor function will be invoked for each field found by
6744 * \c clang_Type_visitFields. Its first argument is the cursor being
6745 * visited, its second argument is the client data provided to
6746 * \c clang_Type_visitFields.
6747 *
6748 * The visitor should return one of the \c CXVisitorResult values
6749 * to direct \c clang_Type_visitFields.
6750 */
6751typedef enum CXVisitorResult (*CXFieldVisitor)(CXCursor C,
6752 CXClientData client_data);
6753
6754/**
6755 * Visit the fields of a particular type.
6756 *
6757 * This function visits all the direct fields of the given cursor,
6758 * invoking the given \p visitor function with the cursors of each
6759 * visited field. The traversal may be ended prematurely, if
6760 * the visitor returns \c CXFieldVisit_Break.
6761 *
6762 * \param T the record type whose field may be visited.
6763 *
6764 * \param visitor the visitor function that will be invoked for each
6765 * field of \p T.
6766 *
6767 * \param client_data pointer data supplied by the client, which will
6768 * be passed to the visitor each time it is invoked.
6769 *
6770 * \returns a non-zero value if the traversal was terminated
6771 * prematurely by the visitor returning \c CXFieldVisit_Break.
6772 */
6774 CXClientData client_data);
6775
6776/**
6777 * Visit the base classes of a type.
6778 *
6779 * This function visits all the direct base classes of a the given cursor,
6780 * invoking the given \p visitor function with the cursors of each
6781 * visited base. The traversal may be ended prematurely, if
6782 * the visitor returns \c CXFieldVisit_Break.
6783 *
6784 * \param T the record type whose field may be visited.
6785 *
6786 * \param visitor the visitor function that will be invoked for each
6787 * field of \p T.
6788 *
6789 * \param client_data pointer data supplied by the client, which will
6790 * be passed to the visitor each time it is invoked.
6791 *
6792 * \returns a non-zero value if the traversal was terminated
6793 * prematurely by the visitor returning \c CXFieldVisit_Break.
6794 */
6796 CXFieldVisitor visitor,
6797 CXClientData client_data);
6798
6799/**
6800 * Visit the class methods of a type.
6801 *
6802 * This function visits all the methods of the given cursor,
6803 * invoking the given \p visitor function with the cursors of each
6804 * visited method. The traversal may be ended prematurely, if
6805 * the visitor returns \c CXFieldVisit_Break.
6806 *
6807 * \param T The record type whose field may be visited.
6808 *
6809 * \param visitor The visitor function that will be invoked for each
6810 * field of \p T.
6811 *
6812 * \param client_data Pointer data supplied by the client, which will
6813 * be passed to the visitor each time it is invoked.
6814 *
6815 * \returns A non-zero value if the traversal was terminated
6816 * prematurely by the visitor returning \c CXFieldVisit_Break.
6817 */
6819 CXClientData client_data);
6820
6821/**
6822 * Describes the kind of binary operators.
6823 */
6825 /** This value describes cursors which are not binary operators. */
6827 /** C++ Pointer - to - member operator. */
6829 /** C++ Pointer - to - member operator. */
6831 /** Multiplication operator. */
6833 /** Division operator. */
6835 /** Remainder operator. */
6837 /** Addition operator. */
6839 /** Subtraction operator. */
6841 /** Bitwise shift left operator. */
6843 /** Bitwise shift right operator. */
6845 /** C++ three-way comparison (spaceship) operator. */
6847 /** Less than operator. */
6849 /** Greater than operator. */
6851 /** Less or equal operator. */
6853 /** Greater or equal operator. */
6855 /** Equal operator. */
6857 /** Not equal operator. */
6859 /** Bitwise AND operator. */
6861 /** Bitwise XOR operator. */
6863 /** Bitwise OR operator. */
6865 /** Logical AND operator. */
6867 /** Logical OR operator. */
6869 /** Assignment operator. */
6871 /** Multiplication assignment operator. */
6873 /** Division assignment operator. */
6875 /** Remainder assignment operator. */
6877 /** Addition assignment operator. */
6879 /** Subtraction assignment operator. */
6881 /** Bitwise shift left assignment operator. */
6883 /** Bitwise shift right assignment operator. */
6885 /** Bitwise AND assignment operator. */
6887 /** Bitwise XOR assignment operator. */
6889 /** Bitwise OR assignment operator. */
6891 /** Comma operator. */
6894};
6895
6896/**
6897 * Retrieve the spelling of a given CXBinaryOperatorKind.
6898 */
6901
6902/**
6903 * Retrieve the binary operator kind of this cursor.
6904 *
6905 * If this cursor is not a binary operator then returns Invalid.
6906 */
6909
6910/**
6911 * Describes the kind of unary operators.
6912 */
6914 /** This value describes cursors which are not unary operators. */
6916 /** Postfix increment operator. */
6918 /** Postfix decrement operator. */
6920 /** Prefix increment operator. */
6922 /** Prefix decrement operator. */
6924 /** Address of operator. */
6926 /** Dereference operator. */
6928 /** Plus operator. */
6930 /** Minus operator. */
6932 /** Not operator. */
6934 /** LNot operator. */
6936 /** "__real expr" operator. */
6938 /** "__imag expr" operator. */
6940 /** __extension__ marker operator. */
6942 /** C++ co_await operator. */
6945};
6946
6947/**
6948 * Retrieve the spelling of a given CXUnaryOperatorKind.
6949 */
6952
6953/**
6954 * Retrieve the unary operator kind of this cursor.
6955 *
6956 * If this cursor is not a unary operator then returns Invalid.
6957 */
6960
6961/**
6962 * @}
6963 */
6964
6965/**
6966 * @}
6967 */
6968
6969/* CINDEX_DEPRECATED - disabled to silence MSVC deprecation warnings */
6970typedef void *CXRemapping;
6971
6973
6975clang_getRemappingsFromFileList(const char **, unsigned);
6976
6978
6981
6983
6985
6986#endif
CXErrorCode
Error codes returned by libclang routines.
Definition CXErrorCode.h:28
#define LLVM_CLANG_C_EXTERN_C_END
Definition ExternC.h:36
#define LLVM_CLANG_C_EXTERN_C_BEGIN
Definition ExternC.h:35
void * CXRemapping
Definition Index.h:6970
CINDEX_DEPRECATED CINDEX_LINKAGE void clang_remap_getFilenames(CXRemapping, unsigned, CXString *, CXString *)
CINDEX_DEPRECATED CINDEX_LINKAGE CXRemapping clang_getRemappings(const char *)
CINDEX_DEPRECATED CINDEX_LINKAGE CXRemapping clang_getRemappingsFromFileList(const char **, unsigned)
CINDEX_DEPRECATED CINDEX_LINKAGE void clang_remap_dispose(CXRemapping)
CINDEX_DEPRECATED CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_remap_getNumFiles(CXRemapping)
*collection of selector each with an associated kind and an ordered *collection of selectors A selector has a kind
#define CINDEX_DEPRECATED
Definition Platform.h:47
#define CINDEX_LINKAGE
Definition Platform.h:38
CINDEX_LINKAGE CXType clang_getIBOutletCollectionType(CXCursor)
For cursors representing an iboutletcollection attribute, this function returns the collection elemen...
CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_codeCompleteGetNumDiagnostics(CXCodeCompleteResults *Results)
Determine the number of diagnostics produced prior to the location where code completion was performe...
CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_getCompletionNumFixIts(CXCodeCompleteResults *results, unsigned completion_index)
Retrieve the number of fix-its for the given completion index.
CINDEX_LINKAGE void clang_disposeCodeCompleteResults(CXCodeCompleteResults *Results)
Free the given set of code-completion results.
CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_getCompletionFixIt(CXCodeCompleteResults *results, unsigned completion_index, unsigned fixit_index, CXSourceRange *replacement_range)
Fix-its that must be applied before inserting the text for the corresponding completion.
CINDEX_LINKAGE CXCompletionString clang_getCompletionChunkCompletionString(CXCompletionString completion_string, unsigned chunk_number)
Retrieve the completion string associated with a particular chunk within a completion string.
CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_getCompletionBriefComment(CXCompletionString completion_string)
Retrieve the brief documentation comment attached to the declaration that corresponds to the given co...
CINDEX_LINKAGE CXCompletionString clang_getCursorCompletionString(CXCursor cursor)
Retrieve a completion string for an arbitrary declaration or macro definition cursor.
CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_getCompletionPriority(CXCompletionString completion_string)
Determine the priority of this code completion.
CXCompletionContext
Bits that represent the context under which completion is occurring.
Definition Index.h:5652
CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_getCompletionAnnotation(CXCompletionString completion_string, unsigned annotation_number)
Retrieve the annotation associated with the given completion string.
CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_getNumCompletionChunks(CXCompletionString completion_string)
Retrieve the number of chunks in the given code-completion string.
CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned long long clang_codeCompleteGetContexts(CXCodeCompleteResults *Results)
Determines what completions are appropriate for the context the given code completion.
CINDEX_LINKAGE enum CXCursorKind clang_codeCompleteGetContainerKind(CXCodeCompleteResults *Results, unsigned *IsIncomplete)
Returns the cursor kind for the container for the current code completion context.
CXCompletionChunkKind
Describes a single piece of text within a code-completion string.
Definition Index.h:5222
CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_getCompletionParent(CXCompletionString completion_string, enum CXCursorKind *kind)
Retrieve the parent context of the given completion string.
CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_getCompletionChunkText(CXCompletionString completion_string, unsigned chunk_number)
Retrieve the text associated with a particular chunk within a completion string.
CXCodeComplete_Flags
Flags that can be passed to clang_codeCompleteAt() to modify its behavior.
Definition Index.h:5613
CINDEX_LINKAGE CXDiagnostic clang_codeCompleteGetDiagnostic(CXCodeCompleteResults *Results, unsigned Index)
Retrieve a diagnostic associated with the given code completion.
CINDEX_LINKAGE CXCodeCompleteResults * clang_codeCompleteAt(CXTranslationUnit TU, const char *complete_filename, unsigned complete_line, unsigned complete_column, struct CXUnsavedFile *unsaved_files, unsigned num_unsaved_files, unsigned options)
Perform code completion at a given location in a translation unit.
CINDEX_LINKAGE enum CXCompletionChunkKind clang_getCompletionChunkKind(CXCompletionString completion_string, unsigned chunk_number)
Determine the kind of a particular chunk within a completion string.
CINDEX_LINKAGE enum CXAvailabilityKind clang_getCompletionAvailability(CXCompletionString completion_string)
Determine the availability of the entity that this code-completion string refers to.
CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_codeCompleteGetObjCSelector(CXCodeCompleteResults *Results)
Returns the currently-entered selector for an Objective-C message send, formatted like "initWithFoo:b...
CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_defaultCodeCompleteOptions(void)
Returns a default set of code-completion options that can be passed toclang_codeCompleteAt().
CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_getCompletionNumAnnotations(CXCompletionString completion_string)
Retrieve the number of annotations associated with the given completion string.
CINDEX_LINKAGE void clang_sortCodeCompletionResults(CXCompletionResult *Results, unsigned NumResults)
Sort the code-completion results in case-insensitive alphabetical order.
CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_codeCompleteGetContainerUSR(CXCodeCompleteResults *Results)
Returns the USR for the container for the current code completion context.
void * CXCompletionString
A semantic string that describes a code-completion result.
Definition Index.h:5190
@ CXCompletionContext_AnyValue
Completions for any possible value (variables, function calls, etc.) should be included in the result...
Definition Index.h:5668
@ CXCompletionContext_ObjCSelectorName
Completions for Objective-C selector names should be included in the results.
Definition Index.h:5758
@ CXCompletionContext_ObjCProtocol
Completions for Objective-C protocols should be included in the results.
Definition Index.h:5738
@ CXCompletionContext_MacroName
Completions for preprocessor macro names should be included in the results.
Definition Index.h:5764
@ CXCompletionContext_NaturalLanguage
Natural language completions should be included in the results.
Definition Index.h:5769
@ CXCompletionContext_AnyType
Completions for any possible type should be included in the results.
Definition Index.h:5662
@ CXCompletionContext_StructTag
Completions for struct tags should be included in the results.
Definition Index.h:5712
@ CXCompletionContext_CXXClassTypeValue
Completions for values that resolve to a C++ class type should be included in the results.
Definition Index.h:5683
@ CXCompletionContext_ObjCClassMessage
Completions for Objective-C class messages should be included in the results.
Definition Index.h:5753
@ CXCompletionContext_Unexposed
The context for completions is unexposed, as only Clang results should be included.
Definition Index.h:5657
@ CXCompletionContext_Unknown
The current context is unknown, so set all contexts.
Definition Index.h:5779
@ CXCompletionContext_ArrowMemberAccess
Completions for fields of the member being accessed using the arrow operator should be included in th...
Definition Index.h:5694
@ CXCompletionContext_ObjCObjectValue
Completions for values that resolve to an Objective-C object should be included in the results.
Definition Index.h:5673
@ CXCompletionContext_UnionTag
Completions for union tags should be included in the results.
Definition Index.h:5708
@ CXCompletionContext_DotMemberAccess
Completions for fields of the member being accessed using the dot operator should be included in the ...
Definition Index.h:5689
@ CXCompletionContext_NestedNameSpecifier
Completions for C++ nested name specifiers should be included in the results.
Definition Index.h:5727
@ CXCompletionContext_ObjCPropertyAccess
Completions for properties of the Objective-C object being accessed using the dot operator should be ...
Definition Index.h:5699
@ CXCompletionContext_ObjCInstanceMessage
Completions for Objective-C instance messages should be included in the results.
Definition Index.h:5748
@ CXCompletionContext_ObjCInterface
Completions for Objective-C interfaces (classes) should be included in the results.
Definition Index.h:5733
@ CXCompletionContext_EnumTag
Completions for enum tags should be included in the results.
Definition Index.h:5704
@ CXCompletionContext_ClassTag
Completions for C++ class names should be included in the results.
Definition Index.h:5717
@ CXCompletionContext_ObjCSelectorValue
Completions for values that resolve to an Objective-C selector should be included in the results.
Definition Index.h:5678
@ CXCompletionContext_Namespace
Completions for C++ namespaces and namespace aliases should be included in the results.
Definition Index.h:5722
@ CXCompletionContext_ObjCCategory
Completions for Objective-C categories should be included in the results.
Definition Index.h:5743
@ CXCompletionContext_IncludedFile
include file completions should be included in the results.
Definition Index.h:5774
@ CXCompletionChunk_RightBracket
A right bracket (']').
Definition Index.h:5334
@ CXCompletionChunk_RightBrace
A right brace ('}').
Definition Index.h:5342
@ CXCompletionChunk_LeftBracket
A left bracket ('[').
Definition Index.h:5330
@ CXCompletionChunk_CurrentParameter
Text that describes the current parameter when code-completion is referring to function call,...
Definition Index.h:5316
@ CXCompletionChunk_Placeholder
Placeholder text that should be replaced by the user.
Definition Index.h:5286
@ CXCompletionChunk_LeftAngle
A left angle bracket ('<').
Definition Index.h:5346
@ CXCompletionChunk_Colon
A colon (':').
Definition Index.h:5366
@ CXCompletionChunk_HorizontalSpace
Horizontal space (' ').
Definition Index.h:5378
@ CXCompletionChunk_LeftParen
A left parenthesis ('('), used to initiate a function call or signal the beginning of a function para...
Definition Index.h:5321
@ CXCompletionChunk_Informative
Informative text that should be displayed but never inserted as part of the template.
Definition Index.h:5296
@ CXCompletionChunk_RightParen
A right parenthesis (')'), used to finish a function call or signal the end of a function parameter l...
Definition Index.h:5326
@ CXCompletionChunk_SemiColon
A semicolon (';').
Definition Index.h:5370
@ CXCompletionChunk_TypedText
Text that a user would be expected to type to get this code-completion result.
Definition Index.h:5267
@ CXCompletionChunk_LeftBrace
A left brace ('{').
Definition Index.h:5338
@ CXCompletionChunk_ResultType
Text that specifies the result type of a given result.
Definition Index.h:5362
@ CXCompletionChunk_Text
Text that should be inserted as part of a code-completion result.
Definition Index.h:5275
@ CXCompletionChunk_Comma
A comma separator (',').
Definition Index.h:5354
@ CXCompletionChunk_Equal
An '=' sign.
Definition Index.h:5374
@ CXCompletionChunk_Optional
A code-completion string that describes "optional" text that could be a part of the template (but is ...
Definition Index.h:5256
@ CXCompletionChunk_VerticalSpace
Vertical space ('\n'), after which it is generally a good idea to perform indentation.
Definition Index.h:5383
@ CXCompletionChunk_RightAngle
A right angle bracket ('>').
Definition Index.h:5350
@ CXCodeComplete_IncludeCodePatterns
Whether to include code patterns for language constructs within the set of code completions,...
Definition Index.h:5624
@ CXCodeComplete_IncludeBriefComments
Whether to include brief documentation within the set of code completions returned.
Definition Index.h:5630
@ CXCodeComplete_SkipPreamble
Whether to speed up completion by omitting top- or namespace-level entities defined in the preamble.
Definition Index.h:5637
@ CXCodeComplete_IncludeMacros
Whether to include macros within the set of code completions returned.
Definition Index.h:5618
@ CXCodeComplete_IncludeCompletionsWithFixIts
Whether to include completions with small fix-its, e.g.
Definition Index.h:5643
CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_CXXMethod_isStatic(CXCursor C)
Determine if a C++ member function or member function template is declared 'static'.
CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_CXXConstructor_isCopyConstructor(CXCursor C)
Determine if a C++ constructor is a copy constructor.
CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_CXXField_isMutable(CXCursor C)
Determine if a C++ field is declared 'mutable'.
CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_CXXMethod_isPureVirtual(CXCursor C)
Determine if a C++ member function or member function template is pure virtual.
CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_CXXMethod_isMoveAssignmentOperator(CXCursor C)
Determine if a C++ member function is a move-assignment operator, returning 1 if such is the case and...
CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_CXXConstructor_isDefaultConstructor(CXCursor C)
Determine if a C++ constructor is the default constructor.
CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_CXXConstructor_isConvertingConstructor(CXCursor C)
Determine if a C++ constructor is a converting constructor.
CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_CXXMethod_isConst(CXCursor C)
Determine if a C++ member function or member function template is declared 'const'.
CINDEX_LINKAGE CXSourceRange clang_getCursorReferenceNameRange(CXCursor C, unsigned NameFlags, unsigned PieceIndex)
Given a cursor that references something else, return the source range covering that reference.
CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_EnumDecl_isScoped(CXCursor C)
Determine if an enum declaration refers to a scoped enum.
CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_CXXConstructor_isMoveConstructor(CXCursor C)
Determine if a C++ constructor is a move constructor.
CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_CXXMethod_isExplicit(CXCursor C)
Determines if a C++ constructor or conversion function was declared explicit, returning 1 if such is ...
CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_CXXMethod_isDefaulted(CXCursor C)
Determine if a C++ method is declared '= default'.
CXNameRefFlags
Definition Index.h:4964
CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_CXXMethod_isVirtual(CXCursor C)
Determine if a C++ member function or member function template is explicitly declared 'virtual' or if...
CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_CXXMethod_isDeleted(CXCursor C)
Determine if a C++ method is declared '= delete'.
CINDEX_LINKAGE CXCursor clang_getSpecializedCursorTemplate(CXCursor C)
Given a cursor that may represent a specialization or instantiation of a template,...
CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_CXXRecord_isAbstract(CXCursor C)
Determine if a C++ record is abstract, i.e.
CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_CXXMethod_isCopyAssignmentOperator(CXCursor C)
Determine if a C++ member function is a copy-assignment operator, returning 1 if such is the case and...
CINDEX_LINKAGE enum CXCursorKind clang_getTemplateCursorKind(CXCursor C)
Given a cursor that represents a template, determine the cursor kind of the specializations would be ...
@ CXNameRange_WantTemplateArgs
Include the explicit template arguments, e.g.
Definition Index.h:4975
@ CXNameRange_WantSinglePiece
If the name is non-contiguous, return the full spanning range.
Definition Index.h:4987
@ CXNameRange_WantQualifier
Include the nested-name-specifier, e.g.
Definition Index.h:4969
CINDEX_LINKAGE enum CXCursorKind clang_getCursorKind(CXCursor)
Retrieve the kind of the given cursor.
CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_CXCursorSet_insert(CXCursorSet cset, CXCursor cursor)
Inserts a CXCursor into a CXCursorSet.
CINDEX_LINKAGE void clang_disposeCXPlatformAvailability(CXPlatformAvailability *availability)
Free the memory associated with a CXPlatformAvailability structure.
CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_isAttribute(enum CXCursorKind)
Determine whether the given cursor kind represents an attribute.
CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_Cursor_hasAttrs(CXCursor C)
Determine whether the given cursor has any attributes.
CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_isStatement(enum CXCursorKind)
Determine whether the given cursor kind represents a statement.
CINDEX_LINKAGE enum CXLinkageKind clang_getCursorLinkage(CXCursor cursor)
Determine the linkage of the entity referred to by a given cursor.
CINDEX_LINKAGE enum CXLanguageKind clang_getCursorLanguage(CXCursor cursor)
Determine the "language" of the entity referred to by a given cursor.
CXLanguageKind
Describe the "language" of the entity referred to by a cursor.
Definition Index.h:2629
CINDEX_LINKAGE int clang_Cursor_hasVarDeclGlobalStorage(CXCursor cursor)
If cursor refers to a variable declaration that has global storage returns 1.
CXTLSKind
Describe the "thread-local storage (TLS) kind" of the declaration referred to by a cursor.
Definition Index.h:2645
CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_CXCursorSet_contains(CXCursorSet cset, CXCursor cursor)
Queries a CXCursorSet to see if it contains a specific CXCursor.
CINDEX_LINKAGE enum CXTLSKind clang_getCursorTLSKind(CXCursor cursor)
Determine the "thread-local storage (TLS) kind" of the declaration referred to by a cursor.
CINDEX_LINKAGE CXTranslationUnit clang_Cursor_getTranslationUnit(CXCursor)
Returns the translation unit that a cursor originated from.
CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_isDeclaration(enum CXCursorKind)
Determine whether the given cursor kind represents a declaration.
CINDEX_LINKAGE CXCursor clang_Cursor_getVarDeclInitializer(CXCursor cursor)
If cursor refers to a variable declaration and it has initializer returns cursor referring to the ini...
CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_isUnexposed(enum CXCursorKind)
CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_isInvalid(enum CXCursorKind)
Determine whether the given cursor kind represents an invalid cursor.
CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_isExpression(enum CXCursorKind)
Determine whether the given cursor kind represents an expression.
CINDEX_LINKAGE int clang_Cursor_isNull(CXCursor cursor)
Returns non-zero if cursor is null.
CINDEX_LINKAGE enum CXVisibilityKind clang_getCursorVisibility(CXCursor cursor)
Describe the visibility of the entity referred to by a cursor.
CINDEX_LINKAGE CXCursor clang_getNullCursor(void)
Retrieve the NULL cursor, which represents no entity.
CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_equalCursors(CXCursor, CXCursor)
Determine whether two cursors are equivalent.
CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_isTranslationUnit(enum CXCursorKind)
Determine whether the given cursor kind represents a translation unit.
CINDEX_LINKAGE int clang_getCursorPlatformAvailability(CXCursor cursor, int *always_deprecated, CXString *deprecated_message, int *always_unavailable, CXString *unavailable_message, CXPlatformAvailability *availability, int availability_size)
Determine the availability of the entity that this cursor refers to on any platforms for which availa...
CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_isPreprocessing(enum CXCursorKind)
CINDEX_LINKAGE enum CXAvailabilityKind clang_getCursorAvailability(CXCursor cursor)
Determine the availability of the entity that this cursor refers to, taking the current target platfo...
CINDEX_LINKAGE int clang_Cursor_hasVarDeclExternalStorage(CXCursor cursor)
If cursor refers to a variable declaration that has external storage returns 1.
CINDEX_LINKAGE CXCursor clang_getCursorSemanticParent(CXCursor cursor)
Determine the semantic parent of the given cursor.
CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_hashCursor(CXCursor)
Compute a hash value for the given cursor.
CINDEX_LINKAGE void clang_getOverriddenCursors(CXCursor cursor, CXCursor **overridden, unsigned *num_overridden)
Determine the set of methods that are overridden by the given method.
CINDEX_LINKAGE void clang_disposeOverriddenCursors(CXCursor *overridden)
Free the set of overridden cursors returned by clang_getOverriddenCursors().
struct CXCursorSetImpl * CXCursorSet
A fast container representing a set of CXCursors.
Definition Index.h:2661
CXLinkageKind
Describe the linkage of the entity referred to by a cursor.
Definition Index.h:2462
CINDEX_LINKAGE CXCursor clang_getCursorLexicalParent(CXCursor cursor)
Determine the lexical parent of the given cursor.
CINDEX_LINKAGE CXCursor clang_getTranslationUnitCursor(CXTranslationUnit)
Retrieve the cursor that represents the given translation unit.
CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_isReference(enum CXCursorKind)
Determine whether the given cursor kind represents a simple reference.
CINDEX_LINKAGE void clang_disposeCXCursorSet(CXCursorSet cset)
Disposes a CXCursorSet and releases its associated memory.
CINDEX_LINKAGE CXFile clang_getIncludedFile(CXCursor cursor)
Retrieve the file that is included by the given inclusion directive cursor.
CINDEX_LINKAGE CXCursorSet clang_createCXCursorSet(void)
Creates an empty CXCursorSet.
CXVisibilityKind
Definition Index.h:2485
CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_isInvalidDeclaration(CXCursor)
Determine whether the given declaration is invalid.
@ CXLanguage_CPlusPlus
Definition Index.h:2633
@ CXLanguage_C
Definition Index.h:2631
@ CXLanguage_Invalid
Definition Index.h:2630
@ CXLanguage_ObjC
Definition Index.h:2632
@ CXTLS_None
Definition Index.h:2645
@ CXTLS_Static
Definition Index.h:2645
@ CXTLS_Dynamic
Definition Index.h:2645
@ CXLinkage_NoLinkage
This is the linkage for variables, parameters, and so on that have automatic storage.
Definition Index.h:2470
@ CXLinkage_Invalid
This value indicates that no linkage information is available for a provided CXCursor.
Definition Index.h:2465
@ CXLinkage_Internal
This is the linkage for static variables and static functions.
Definition Index.h:2472
@ CXLinkage_External
This is the linkage for entities with true, external linkage.
Definition Index.h:2477
@ CXLinkage_UniqueExternal
This is the linkage for entities with external linkage that live in C++ anonymous namespaces.
Definition Index.h:2475
@ CXVisibility_Protected
Symbol seen by the linker but resolves to a symbol inside this object.
Definition Index.h:2493
@ CXVisibility_Hidden
Symbol not seen by the linker.
Definition Index.h:2491
@ CXVisibility_Default
Symbol seen by the linker and acts like a normal symbol.
Definition Index.h:2495
@ CXVisibility_Invalid
This value indicates that no visibility information is available for a provided CXCursor.
Definition Index.h:2488
CINDEX_LINKAGE CXCursor clang_getCursor(CXTranslationUnit, CXSourceLocation)
Map a source location to the cursor that describes the entity at that location in the source code.
CINDEX_LINKAGE CXSourceRange clang_getCursorExtent(CXCursor)
Retrieve the physical extent of the source construct referenced by the given cursor.
CINDEX_LINKAGE CXSourceLocation clang_getCursorLocation(CXCursor)
Retrieve the physical location of the source constructor referenced by the given cursor.
CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_visitChildren(CXCursor parent, CXCursorVisitor visitor, CXClientData client_data)
Visit the children of a particular cursor.
struct _CXChildVisitResult * CXCursorVisitorBlock
Visitor invoked for each cursor found by a traversal.
Definition Index.h:4055
CXChildVisitResult
Describes how the traversal of the children of a particular cursor should proceed after visiting a pa...
Definition Index.h:3983
enum CXChildVisitResult(* CXCursorVisitor)(CXCursor cursor, CXCursor parent, CXClientData client_data)
Visitor invoked for each cursor found by a traversal.
Definition Index.h:4012
CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_visitChildrenWithBlock(CXCursor parent, CXCursorVisitorBlock block)
Visits the children of a cursor using the specified block.
@ CXChildVisit_Break
Terminates the cursor traversal.
Definition Index.h:3987
@ CXChildVisit_Recurse
Recursively traverse the children of this cursor, using the same visitor and client data.
Definition Index.h:3997
@ CXChildVisit_Continue
Continues the cursor traversal with the next sibling of the cursor just visited, without visiting its...
Definition Index.h:3992
CXObjCDeclQualifierKind
'Qualifiers' written next to the return and parameter types in Objective-C method declarations.
Definition Index.h:4414
CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_Cursor_getObjCPropertySetterName(CXCursor C)
Given a cursor that represents a property declaration, return the name of the method that implements ...
CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_constructUSR_ObjCClass(const char *class_name)
Construct a USR for a specified Objective-C class.
CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_Cursor_isObjCOptional(CXCursor C)
Given a cursor that represents an Objective-C method or property declaration, return non-zero if the ...
CINDEX_LINKAGE CXSourceRange clang_Cursor_getSpellingNameRange(CXCursor, unsigned pieceIndex, unsigned options)
Retrieve a range for a piece that forms the cursors spelling name.
CINDEX_LINKAGE CXType clang_Cursor_getReceiverType(CXCursor C)
Given a cursor pointing to an Objective-C message or property reference, or C++ method call,...
CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_Cursor_getRawCommentText(CXCursor C)
Given a cursor that represents a declaration, return the associated comment text, including comment m...
CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_Cursor_getObjCPropertyAttributes(CXCursor C, unsigned reserved)
Given a cursor that represents a property declaration, return the associated property attributes.
CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_Cursor_isVariadic(CXCursor C)
Returns non-zero if the given cursor is a variadic function or method.
CINDEX_LINKAGE int clang_Cursor_getObjCSelectorIndex(CXCursor)
If the cursor points to a selector identifier in an Objective-C method or message expression,...
CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_getCursorUSR(CXCursor)
Retrieve a Unified Symbol Resolution (USR) for the entity referenced by the given cursor.
CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_getTypePrettyPrinted(CXType CT, CXPrintingPolicy cxPolicy)
Pretty-print the underlying type using a custom printing policy.
CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_Cursor_getObjCDeclQualifiers(CXCursor C)
Given a cursor that represents an Objective-C method or parameter declaration, return the associated ...
CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_constructUSR_ObjCProtocol(const char *protocol_name)
Construct a USR for a specified Objective-C protocol.
CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_isCursorDefinition(CXCursor)
Determine whether the declaration pointed to by this cursor is also a definition of that entity.
CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_Cursor_getBriefCommentText(CXCursor C)
Given a cursor that represents a documentable entity (e.g., declaration), return the associated.
CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_PrintingPolicy_getProperty(CXPrintingPolicy Policy, enum CXPrintingPolicyProperty Property)
Get a property value for the given printing policy.
void * CXPrintingPolicy
Opaque pointer representing a policy that controls pretty printing for clang_getCursorPrettyPrinted.
Definition Index.h:4153
CXObjCPropertyAttrKind
Property attributes for a CXCursor_ObjCPropertyDecl.
Definition Index.h:4371
CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_Cursor_getObjCPropertyGetterName(CXCursor C)
Given a cursor that represents a property declaration, return the name of the method that implements ...
CINDEX_LINKAGE void clang_PrintingPolicy_dispose(CXPrintingPolicy Policy)
Release a printing policy.
CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_constructUSR_ObjCMethod(const char *name, unsigned isInstanceMethod, CXString classUSR)
Construct a USR for a specified Objective-C method and the USR for its containing class.
CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_constructUSR_ObjCIvar(const char *name, CXString classUSR)
Construct a USR for a specified Objective-C instance variable and the USR for its containing class.
CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_getCursorSpelling(CXCursor)
Retrieve a name for the entity referenced by this cursor.
CINDEX_LINKAGE void clang_PrintingPolicy_setProperty(CXPrintingPolicy Policy, enum CXPrintingPolicyProperty Property, unsigned Value)
Set a property value for the given printing policy.
CINDEX_LINKAGE CXPrintingPolicy clang_getCursorPrintingPolicy(CXCursor)
Retrieve the default policy for the cursor.
CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_Cursor_isExternalSymbol(CXCursor C, CXString *language, CXString *definedIn, unsigned *isGenerated)
Returns non-zero if the given cursor points to a symbol marked with external_source_symbol attribute.
CINDEX_LINKAGE CXSourceRange clang_Cursor_getCommentRange(CXCursor C)
Given a cursor that represents a declaration, return the associated comment's source range.
CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_getCursorPrettyPrinted(CXCursor Cursor, CXPrintingPolicy Policy)
Pretty print declarations.
CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_constructUSR_ObjCCategory(const char *class_name, const char *category_name)
Construct a USR for a specified Objective-C category.
CINDEX_LINKAGE CXCursor clang_getCursorReferenced(CXCursor)
For a cursor that is a reference, retrieve a cursor representing the entity that it references.
CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_constructUSR_ObjCProperty(const char *property, CXString classUSR)
Construct a USR for a specified Objective-C property and the USR for its containing class.
CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_getCursorDisplayName(CXCursor)
Retrieve the display name for the entity referenced by this cursor.
CINDEX_LINKAGE CXCursor clang_getCanonicalCursor(CXCursor)
Retrieve the canonical cursor corresponding to the given cursor.
CINDEX_LINKAGE int clang_Cursor_isDynamicCall(CXCursor C)
Given a cursor pointing to a C++ method call or an Objective-C message, returns non-zero if the metho...
CXPrintingPolicyProperty
Properties for the printing policy.
Definition Index.h:4160
CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_getFullyQualifiedName(CXType CT, CXPrintingPolicy Policy, unsigned WithGlobalNsPrefix)
Get the fully qualified name for a type.
CINDEX_LINKAGE CXCursor clang_getCursorDefinition(CXCursor)
For a cursor that is either a reference to or a declaration of some entity, retrieve a cursor that de...
@ CXObjCDeclQualifier_Byref
Definition Index.h:4420
@ CXObjCDeclQualifier_Inout
Definition Index.h:4417
@ CXObjCDeclQualifier_Bycopy
Definition Index.h:4419
@ CXObjCDeclQualifier_In
Definition Index.h:4416
@ CXObjCDeclQualifier_None
Definition Index.h:4415
@ CXObjCDeclQualifier_Out
Definition Index.h:4418
@ CXObjCDeclQualifier_Oneway
Definition Index.h:4421
@ CXObjCPropertyAttr_assign
Definition Index.h:4375
@ CXObjCPropertyAttr_retain
Definition Index.h:4377
@ CXObjCPropertyAttr_strong
Definition Index.h:4383
@ CXObjCPropertyAttr_atomic
Definition Index.h:4381
@ CXObjCPropertyAttr_noattr
Definition Index.h:4372
@ CXObjCPropertyAttr_weak
Definition Index.h:4382
@ CXObjCPropertyAttr_copy
Definition Index.h:4378
@ CXObjCPropertyAttr_readwrite
Definition Index.h:4376
@ CXObjCPropertyAttr_setter
Definition Index.h:4380
@ CXObjCPropertyAttr_nonatomic
Definition Index.h:4379
@ CXObjCPropertyAttr_getter
Definition Index.h:4374
@ CXObjCPropertyAttr_readonly
Definition Index.h:4373
@ CXObjCPropertyAttr_class
Definition Index.h:4385
@ CXObjCPropertyAttr_unsafe_unretained
Definition Index.h:4384
@ CXPrintingPolicy_SuppressScope
Definition Index.h:4165
@ CXPrintingPolicy_Bool
Definition Index.h:4173
@ CXPrintingPolicy_Alignof
Definition Index.h:4175
@ CXPrintingPolicy_ConstantArraySizeAsWritten
Definition Index.h:4168
@ CXPrintingPolicy_Indentation
Definition Index.h:4161
@ CXPrintingPolicy_SuppressImplicitBase
Definition Index.h:4185
@ CXPrintingPolicy_IncludeTagDefinition
Definition Index.h:4164
@ CXPrintingPolicy_MSWChar
Definition Index.h:4181
@ CXPrintingPolicy_SuppressSpecifiers
Definition Index.h:4162
@ CXPrintingPolicy_SuppressUnwrittenScope
Definition Index.h:4166
@ CXPrintingPolicy_LastProperty
Definition Index.h:4188
@ CXPrintingPolicy_FullyQualifiedName
Definition Index.h:4186
@ CXPrintingPolicy_SuppressStrongLifetime
Definition Index.h:4170
@ CXPrintingPolicy_ConstantsAsWritten
Definition Index.h:4184
@ CXPrintingPolicy_MSVCFormatting
Definition Index.h:4183
@ CXPrintingPolicy_SuppressInitializers
Definition Index.h:4167
@ CXPrintingPolicy_SuppressTagKeyword
Definition Index.h:4163
@ CXPrintingPolicy_TerseOutput
Definition Index.h:4178
@ CXPrintingPolicy_AnonymousTagLocations
Definition Index.h:4169
@ CXPrintingPolicy_Half
Definition Index.h:4180
@ CXPrintingPolicy_Restrict
Definition Index.h:4174
@ CXPrintingPolicy_PolishForDeclaration
Definition Index.h:4179
@ CXPrintingPolicy_UnderscoreAlignof
Definition Index.h:4176
@ CXPrintingPolicy_SuppressLifetimeQualifiers
Definition Index.h:4171
@ CXPrintingPolicy_SuppressTemplateArgsInCXXConstructors
Definition Index.h:4172
@ CXPrintingPolicy_IncludeNewlines
Definition Index.h:4182
@ CXPrintingPolicy_UseVoidForZeroParams
Definition Index.h:4177
CINDEX_LINKAGE void clang_enableStackTraces(void)
CINDEX_LINKAGE void clang_getDefinitionSpellingAndExtent(CXCursor, const char **startBuf, const char **endBuf, unsigned *startLine, unsigned *startColumn, unsigned *endLine, unsigned *endColumn)
CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_getCursorKindSpelling(enum CXCursorKind Kind)
CINDEX_LINKAGE void clang_executeOnThread(void(*fn)(void *), void *user_data, unsigned stack_size)
void * CXDiagnosticSet
A group of CXDiagnostics.
void * CXDiagnostic
A single diagnostic, containing the diagnostic's severity, location, text, source ranges,...
void * CXFile
A particular source file that is part of a translation unit.
Definition CXFile.h:34
struct _CXCursorAndRangeVisitorBlock * CXCursorAndRangeVisitorBlock
Definition Index.h:6153
CINDEX_LINKAGE CXResult clang_findReferencesInFileWithBlock(CXCursor, CXFile, CXCursorAndRangeVisitorBlock)
void * CXIdxClientContainer
The client's data object that is associated with a semantic container of entities.
Definition Index.h:6178
CINDEX_LINKAGE enum CXUnaryOperatorKind clang_getCursorUnaryOperatorKind(CXCursor cursor)
Retrieve the unary operator kind of this cursor.
CINDEX_LINKAGE CXIdxClientEntity clang_index_getClientEntity(const CXIdxEntityInfo *)
For retrieving a custom CXIdxClientEntity attached to an entity.
CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_Type_visitFields(CXType T, CXFieldVisitor visitor, CXClientData client_data)
Visit the fields of a particular type.
CINDEX_LINKAGE CXResult clang_findIncludesInFile(CXTranslationUnit TU, CXFile file, CXCursorAndRangeVisitor visitor)
Find import/include directives in a specific file.
CINDEX_LINKAGE const CXIdxObjCProtocolRefListInfo * clang_index_getObjCProtocolRefListInfo(const CXIdxDeclInfo *)
CINDEX_LINKAGE void clang_indexLoc_getFileLocation(CXIdxLoc loc, CXIdxClientFile *indexFile, CXFile *file, unsigned *line, unsigned *column, unsigned *offset)
Retrieve the CXIdxFile, file, line, column, and offset represented by the given CXIdxLoc.
CXUnaryOperatorKind
Describes the kind of unary operators.
Definition Index.h:6913
CXIdxObjCContainerKind
Definition Index.h:6367
CINDEX_LINKAGE int clang_indexSourceFileFullArgv(CXIndexAction, CXClientData client_data, IndexerCallbacks *index_callbacks, unsigned index_callbacks_size, unsigned index_options, const char *source_filename, const char *const *command_line_args, int num_command_line_args, struct CXUnsavedFile *unsaved_files, unsigned num_unsaved_files, CXTranslationUnit *out_TU, unsigned TU_options)
Same as clang_indexSourceFile but requires a full command line for command_line_args including argv[0...
CINDEX_LINKAGE void clang_index_setClientEntity(const CXIdxEntityInfo *, CXIdxClientEntity)
For setting a custom CXIdxClientEntity attached to an entity.
CXIdxEntityRefKind
Data for IndexerCallbacks::indexEntityReference.
Definition Index.h:6427
CXVisitorResult
Definition Index.h:6093
CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_visitCXXMethods(CXType T, CXFieldVisitor visitor, CXClientData client_data)
Visit the class methods of a type.
enum CXVisitorResult(* CXFieldVisitor)(CXCursor C, CXClientData client_data)
Visitor invoked for each field found by a traversal.
Definition Index.h:6751
CXIdxEntityLanguage
Definition Index.h:6279
CXResult
Definition Index.h:6100
CINDEX_LINKAGE const CXIdxObjCCategoryDeclInfo * clang_index_getObjCCategoryDeclInfo(const CXIdxDeclInfo *)
CXBinaryOperatorKind
Describes the kind of binary operators.
Definition Index.h:6824
CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_visitCXXBaseClasses(CXType T, CXFieldVisitor visitor, CXClientData client_data)
Visit the base classes of a type.
void * CXIdxClientFile
The client's data object that is associated with a CXFile.
Definition Index.h:6167
void * CXIdxClientASTFile
The client's data object that is associated with an AST file (PCH or module).
Definition Index.h:6184
CINDEX_LINKAGE const CXIdxIBOutletCollectionAttrInfo * clang_index_getIBOutletCollectionAttrInfo(const CXIdxAttrInfo *)
CINDEX_LINKAGE void clang_index_setClientContainer(const CXIdxContainerInfo *, CXIdxClientContainer)
For setting a custom CXIdxClientContainer attached to a container.
CINDEX_LINKAGE CXSourceLocation clang_indexLoc_getCXSourceLocation(CXIdxLoc loc)
Retrieve the CXSourceLocation represented by the given CXIdxLoc.
CXIndexOptFlags
Definition Index.h:6617
CXSymbolRole
Roles that are attributed to symbol occurrences.
Definition Index.h:6445
CINDEX_LINKAGE const CXIdxObjCPropertyDeclInfo * clang_index_getObjCPropertyDeclInfo(const CXIdxDeclInfo *)
CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_getBinaryOperatorKindSpelling(enum CXBinaryOperatorKind kind)
Retrieve the spelling of a given CXBinaryOperatorKind.
CINDEX_LINKAGE void clang_IndexAction_dispose(CXIndexAction)
Destroy the given index action.
CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_getUnaryOperatorKindSpelling(enum CXUnaryOperatorKind kind)
Retrieve the spelling of a given CXUnaryOperatorKind.
CINDEX_LINKAGE int clang_indexSourceFile(CXIndexAction, CXClientData client_data, IndexerCallbacks *index_callbacks, unsigned index_callbacks_size, unsigned index_options, const char *source_filename, const char *const *command_line_args, int num_command_line_args, struct CXUnsavedFile *unsaved_files, unsigned num_unsaved_files, CXTranslationUnit *out_TU, unsigned TU_options)
Index the given source file and the translation unit corresponding to that file via callbacks impleme...
CINDEX_LINKAGE CXResult clang_findReferencesInFile(CXCursor cursor, CXFile file, CXCursorAndRangeVisitor visitor)
Find references of a declaration in a specific file.
void * CXIdxClientEntity
The client's data object that is associated with a semantic entity.
Definition Index.h:6172
CINDEX_LINKAGE int clang_indexTranslationUnit(CXIndexAction, CXClientData client_data, IndexerCallbacks *index_callbacks, unsigned index_callbacks_size, unsigned index_options, CXTranslationUnit)
Index the given translation unit via callbacks implemented through IndexerCallbacks.
CINDEX_LINKAGE const CXIdxObjCContainerDeclInfo * clang_index_getObjCContainerDeclInfo(const CXIdxDeclInfo *)
CINDEX_LINKAGE enum CXBinaryOperatorKind clang_getCursorBinaryOperatorKind(CXCursor cursor)
Retrieve the binary operator kind of this cursor.
CINDEX_LINKAGE CXResult clang_findIncludesInFileWithBlock(CXTranslationUnit, CXFile, CXCursorAndRangeVisitorBlock)
CINDEX_LINKAGE const CXIdxCXXClassDeclInfo * clang_index_getCXXClassDeclInfo(const CXIdxDeclInfo *)
CXIdxDeclInfoFlags
Definition Index.h:6339
void * CXIndexAction
An indexing action/session, to be applied to one or multiple translation units.
Definition Index.h:6599
CINDEX_LINKAGE CXIdxClientContainer clang_index_getClientContainer(const CXIdxContainerInfo *)
For retrieving a custom CXIdxClientContainer attached to a container.
CXIdxAttrKind
Definition Index.h:6304
CINDEX_LINKAGE int clang_index_isEntityObjCContainerKind(CXIdxEntityKind)
CINDEX_LINKAGE const CXIdxObjCInterfaceDeclInfo * clang_index_getObjCInterfaceDeclInfo(const CXIdxDeclInfo *)
CXIdxEntityKind
Definition Index.h:6243
CINDEX_LINKAGE CXIndexAction clang_IndexAction_create(CXIndex CIdx)
An indexing action/session, to be applied to one or multiple translation units.
CXIdxEntityCXXTemplateKind
Extra C++ template information for an entity.
Definition Index.h:6297
@ CXUnaryOperator_Minus
Minus operator.
Definition Index.h:6931
@ CXUnaryOperator_Coawait
C++ co_await operator.
Definition Index.h:6943
@ CXUnaryOperator_PreInc
Prefix increment operator.
Definition Index.h:6921
@ CXUnaryOperator_PostDec
Postfix decrement operator.
Definition Index.h:6919
@ CXUnaryOperator_Plus
Plus operator.
Definition Index.h:6929
@ CXUnaryOperator_PreDec
Prefix decrement operator.
Definition Index.h:6923
@ CXUnaryOperator_AddrOf
Address of operator.
Definition Index.h:6925
@ CXUnaryOperator_Deref
Dereference operator.
Definition Index.h:6927
@ CXUnaryOperator_Last
Definition Index.h:6944
@ CXUnaryOperator_PostInc
Postfix increment operator.
Definition Index.h:6917
@ CXUnaryOperator_Invalid
This value describes cursors which are not unary operators.
Definition Index.h:6915
@ CXUnaryOperator_Extension
extension marker operator.
Definition Index.h:6941
@ CXUnaryOperator_Not
Not operator.
Definition Index.h:6933
@ CXUnaryOperator_LNot
LNot operator.
Definition Index.h:6935
@ CXUnaryOperator_Real
"__real expr" operator.
Definition Index.h:6937
@ CXUnaryOperator_Imag
"__imag expr" operator.
Definition Index.h:6939
@ CXIdxObjCContainer_Interface
Definition Index.h:6369
@ CXIdxObjCContainer_Implementation
Definition Index.h:6370
@ CXIdxObjCContainer_ForwardRef
Definition Index.h:6368
@ CXIdxEntityRef_Implicit
An implicit reference, e.g.
Definition Index.h:6436
@ CXIdxEntityRef_Direct
The entity is referenced directly in user's code.
Definition Index.h:6431
@ CXVisit_Break
Definition Index.h:6093
@ CXVisit_Continue
Definition Index.h:6093
@ CXIdxEntityLang_None
Definition Index.h:6280
@ CXIdxEntityLang_CXX
Definition Index.h:6283
@ CXIdxEntityLang_C
Definition Index.h:6281
@ CXIdxEntityLang_ObjC
Definition Index.h:6282
@ CXIdxEntityLang_Swift
Definition Index.h:6284
@ CXResult_VisitBreak
The function was terminated by a callback (e.g.
Definition Index.h:6113
@ CXResult_Success
Function returned successfully.
Definition Index.h:6104
@ CXResult_Invalid
One of the parameters was invalid for the function.
Definition Index.h:6108
@ CXBinaryOperator_XorAssign
Bitwise XOR assignment operator.
Definition Index.h:6888
@ CXBinaryOperator_EQ
Equal operator.
Definition Index.h:6856
@ CXBinaryOperator_Add
Addition operator.
Definition Index.h:6838
@ CXBinaryOperator_Cmp
C++ three-way comparison (spaceship) operator.
Definition Index.h:6846
@ CXBinaryOperator_AndAssign
Bitwise AND assignment operator.
Definition Index.h:6886
@ CXBinaryOperator_Shr
Bitwise shift right operator.
Definition Index.h:6844
@ CXBinaryOperator_Comma
Comma operator.
Definition Index.h:6892
@ CXBinaryOperator_ShlAssign
Bitwise shift left assignment operator.
Definition Index.h:6882
@ CXBinaryOperator_Sub
Subtraction operator.
Definition Index.h:6840
@ CXBinaryOperator_LE
Less or equal operator.
Definition Index.h:6852
@ CXBinaryOperator_PtrMemI
C++ Pointer - to - member operator.
Definition Index.h:6830
@ CXBinaryOperator_LT
Less than operator.
Definition Index.h:6848
@ CXBinaryOperator_NE
Not equal operator.
Definition Index.h:6858
@ CXBinaryOperator_LOr
Logical OR operator.
Definition Index.h:6868
@ CXBinaryOperator_And
Bitwise AND operator.
Definition Index.h:6860
@ CXBinaryOperator_ShrAssign
Bitwise shift right assignment operator.
Definition Index.h:6884
@ CXBinaryOperator_RemAssign
Remainder assignment operator.
Definition Index.h:6876
@ CXBinaryOperator_Or
Bitwise OR operator.
Definition Index.h:6864
@ CXBinaryOperator_Assign
Assignment operator.
Definition Index.h:6870
@ CXBinaryOperator_Xor
Bitwise XOR operator.
Definition Index.h:6862
@ CXBinaryOperator_LAnd
Logical AND operator.
Definition Index.h:6866
@ CXBinaryOperator_Mul
Multiplication operator.
Definition Index.h:6832
@ CXBinaryOperator_GE
Greater or equal operator.
Definition Index.h:6854
@ CXBinaryOperator_MulAssign
Multiplication assignment operator.
Definition Index.h:6872
@ CXBinaryOperator_Last
Definition Index.h:6893
@ CXBinaryOperator_Rem
Remainder operator.
Definition Index.h:6836
@ CXBinaryOperator_PtrMemD
C++ Pointer - to - member operator.
Definition Index.h:6828
@ CXBinaryOperator_SubAssign
Subtraction assignment operator.
Definition Index.h:6880
@ CXBinaryOperator_AddAssign
Addition assignment operator.
Definition Index.h:6878
@ CXBinaryOperator_Div
Division operator.
Definition Index.h:6834
@ CXBinaryOperator_Shl
Bitwise shift left operator.
Definition Index.h:6842
@ CXBinaryOperator_GT
Greater than operator.
Definition Index.h:6850
@ CXBinaryOperator_Invalid
This value describes cursors which are not binary operators.
Definition Index.h:6826
@ CXBinaryOperator_OrAssign
Bitwise OR assignment operator.
Definition Index.h:6890
@ CXBinaryOperator_DivAssign
Division assignment operator.
Definition Index.h:6874
@ CXIndexOpt_None
Used to indicate that no special indexing options are needed.
Definition Index.h:6621
@ CXIndexOpt_SkipParsedBodiesInSession
Skip a function/method body that was already parsed during an indexing session associated with a CXIn...
Definition Index.h:6652
@ CXIndexOpt_SuppressRedundantRefs
Used to indicate that IndexerCallbacks::indexEntityReference should be invoked for only one reference...
Definition Index.h:6628
@ CXIndexOpt_SuppressWarnings
Suppress all compiler warnings when parsing for indexing.
Definition Index.h:6645
@ CXIndexOpt_IndexImplicitTemplateInstantiations
Implicit function/class template instantiations should be indexed.
Definition Index.h:6640
@ CXIndexOpt_IndexFunctionLocalSymbols
Function-local symbols should be indexed.
Definition Index.h:6634
@ CXSymbolRole_Read
Definition Index.h:6450
@ CXSymbolRole_Reference
Definition Index.h:6449
@ CXSymbolRole_Write
Definition Index.h:6451
@ CXSymbolRole_Definition
Definition Index.h:6448
@ CXSymbolRole_Dynamic
Definition Index.h:6453
@ CXSymbolRole_AddressOf
Definition Index.h:6454
@ CXSymbolRole_Implicit
Definition Index.h:6455
@ CXSymbolRole_None
Definition Index.h:6446
@ CXSymbolRole_Call
Definition Index.h:6452
@ CXSymbolRole_Declaration
Definition Index.h:6447
@ CXIdxDeclFlag_Skipped
Definition Index.h:6339
@ CXIdxAttr_IBOutlet
Definition Index.h:6307
@ CXIdxAttr_Unexposed
Definition Index.h:6305
@ CXIdxAttr_IBAction
Definition Index.h:6306
@ CXIdxAttr_IBOutletCollection
Definition Index.h:6308
@ CXIdxEntity_Field
Definition Index.h:6248
@ CXIdxEntity_ObjCCategory
Definition Index.h:6253
@ CXIdxEntity_CXXConversionFunction
Definition Index.h:6272
@ CXIdxEntity_CXXNamespaceAlias
Definition Index.h:6266
@ CXIdxEntity_CXXConcept
Definition Index.h:6275
@ CXIdxEntity_CXXStaticVariable
Definition Index.h:6267
@ CXIdxEntity_Function
Definition Index.h:6246
@ CXIdxEntity_Enum
Definition Index.h:6260
@ CXIdxEntity_CXXInstanceMethod
Definition Index.h:6269
@ CXIdxEntity_CXXStaticMethod
Definition Index.h:6268
@ CXIdxEntity_CXXTypeAlias
Definition Index.h:6273
@ CXIdxEntity_Struct
Definition Index.h:6261
@ CXIdxEntity_ObjCInstanceMethod
Definition Index.h:6255
@ CXIdxEntity_EnumConstant
Definition Index.h:6249
@ CXIdxEntity_Variable
Definition Index.h:6247
@ CXIdxEntity_CXXClass
Definition Index.h:6264
@ CXIdxEntity_ObjCIvar
Definition Index.h:6258
@ CXIdxEntity_CXXInterface
Definition Index.h:6274
@ CXIdxEntity_CXXConstructor
Definition Index.h:6270
@ CXIdxEntity_ObjCClassMethod
Definition Index.h:6256
@ CXIdxEntity_CXXNamespace
Definition Index.h:6265
@ CXIdxEntity_ObjCClass
Definition Index.h:6251
@ CXIdxEntity_ObjCProperty
Definition Index.h:6257
@ CXIdxEntity_Typedef
Definition Index.h:6245
@ CXIdxEntity_Union
Definition Index.h:6262
@ CXIdxEntity_ObjCProtocol
Definition Index.h:6252
@ CXIdxEntity_Unexposed
Definition Index.h:6244
@ CXIdxEntity_CXXDestructor
Definition Index.h:6271
@ CXIdxEntity_NonTemplate
Definition Index.h:6298
@ CXIdxEntity_Template
Definition Index.h:6299
@ CXIdxEntity_TemplatePartialSpecialization
Definition Index.h:6300
@ CXIdxEntity_TemplateSpecialization
Definition Index.h:6301
CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_getTokenSpelling(CXTranslationUnit, CXToken)
Determine the spelling of the given token.
CINDEX_LINKAGE CXToken * clang_getToken(CXTranslationUnit TU, CXSourceLocation Location)
Get the raw lexical token starting with the given location.
CINDEX_LINKAGE CXSourceRange clang_getTokenExtent(CXTranslationUnit, CXToken)
Retrieve a source range that covers the given token.
CINDEX_LINKAGE void clang_tokenize(CXTranslationUnit TU, CXSourceRange Range, CXToken **Tokens, unsigned *NumTokens)
Tokenize the source code described by the given range into raw lexical tokens.
CINDEX_LINKAGE CXSourceLocation clang_getTokenLocation(CXTranslationUnit, CXToken)
Retrieve the source location of the given token.
CINDEX_LINKAGE CXTokenKind clang_getTokenKind(CXToken)
Determine the kind of the given token.
CINDEX_LINKAGE void clang_disposeTokens(CXTranslationUnit TU, CXToken *Tokens, unsigned NumTokens)
Free the given set of tokens.
CINDEX_LINKAGE void clang_annotateTokens(CXTranslationUnit TU, CXToken *Tokens, unsigned NumTokens, CXCursor *Cursors)
Annotate the given set of tokens by providing cursors for each token that can be mapped to a specific...
CXTokenKind
Describes a kind of token.
Definition Index.h:5007
@ CXToken_Identifier
An identifier (that is not a keyword).
Definition Index.h:5021
@ CXToken_Punctuation
A token that contains some kind of punctuation.
Definition Index.h:5011
@ CXToken_Comment
A comment.
Definition Index.h:5031
@ CXToken_Keyword
A language keyword.
Definition Index.h:5016
@ CXToken_Literal
A numeric, string, or character literal.
Definition Index.h:5026
CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_Cursor_getMangling(CXCursor)
Retrieve the CXString representing the mangled name of the cursor.
CINDEX_LINKAGE CXStringSet * clang_Cursor_getCXXManglings(CXCursor)
Retrieve the CXStrings representing the mangled symbols of the C++ constructor or destructor at the c...
CINDEX_LINKAGE CXStringSet * clang_Cursor_getObjCManglings(CXCursor)
Retrieve the CXStrings representing the mangled symbols of the ObjC class interface or implementation...
void(* CXInclusionVisitor)(CXFile included_file, CXSourceLocation *inclusion_stack, unsigned include_len, CXClientData client_data)
Visitor invoked for each file in a translation unit (used with clang_getInclusions()).
Definition Index.h:5995
CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_getClangVersion(void)
Return a version string, suitable for showing to a user, but not intended to be parsed (the format is...
CINDEX_LINKAGE void clang_getInclusions(CXTranslationUnit tu, CXInclusionVisitor visitor, CXClientData client_data)
Visit the set of preprocessor inclusions in a translation unit.
CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned long long clang_EvalResult_getAsUnsigned(CXEvalResult E)
Returns the evaluation result as an unsigned integer if the kind is Int and clang_EvalResult_isUnsign...
CINDEX_LINKAGE void clang_toggleCrashRecovery(unsigned isEnabled)
Enable/disable crash recovery.
CINDEX_LINKAGE long long clang_EvalResult_getAsLongLong(CXEvalResult E)
Returns the evaluation result as a long long integer if the kind is Int.
CINDEX_LINKAGE CXEvalResult clang_Cursor_Evaluate(CXCursor C)
If cursor is a statement declaration tries to evaluate the statement and if its variable,...
CINDEX_LINKAGE double clang_EvalResult_getAsDouble(CXEvalResult E)
Returns the evaluation result as double if the kind is double.
CXEvalResultKind
Definition Index.h:6010
CINDEX_LINKAGE int clang_EvalResult_getAsInt(CXEvalResult E)
Returns the evaluation result as integer if the kind is Int.
void * CXEvalResult
Evaluation result of a cursor.
Definition Index.h:6025
CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_EvalResult_isUnsignedInt(CXEvalResult E)
Returns a non-zero value if the kind is Int and the evaluation result resulted in an unsigned integer...
CINDEX_LINKAGE const char * clang_EvalResult_getAsStr(CXEvalResult E)
Returns the evaluation result as a constant string if the kind is other than Int or float.
CINDEX_LINKAGE CXEvalResultKind clang_EvalResult_getKind(CXEvalResult E)
Returns the kind of the evaluated result.
CINDEX_LINKAGE void clang_EvalResult_dispose(CXEvalResult E)
Disposes the created Eval memory.
@ CXEval_UnExposed
Definition Index.h:6018
@ CXEval_Other
Definition Index.h:6016
@ CXEval_Float
Definition Index.h:6012
@ CXEval_Int
Definition Index.h:6011
@ CXEval_CFStr
Definition Index.h:6015
@ CXEval_StrLiteral
Definition Index.h:6014
@ CXEval_ObjCStrLiteral
Definition Index.h:6013
CINDEX_LINKAGE CXFile clang_Module_getTopLevelHeader(CXTranslationUnit, CXModule Module, unsigned Index)
CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_Cursor_getGCCAssemblyInput(CXCursor Cursor, unsigned Index, CXString *Constraint, CXCursor *Expr)
Given a CXCursor_GCCAsmStmt cursor, get the constraint and expression cursor to the Index-th input.
CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_Module_getFullName(CXModule Module)
CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_Cursor_isGCCAssemblyVolatile(CXCursor Cursor)
Given a CXCursor_GCCAsmStmt cursor, check if the inline assembly is volatile.
CINDEX_LINKAGE int clang_Module_isSystem(CXModule Module)
CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_Cursor_getGCCAssemblyTemplate(CXCursor)
Given a CXCursor_GCCAsmStmt cursor, return the assembly template string.
CINDEX_LINKAGE CXModule clang_getModuleForFile(CXTranslationUnit, CXFile)
Given a CXFile header file, return the module that contains it, if one exists.
CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_Cursor_getGCCAssemblyOutput(CXCursor Cursor, unsigned Index, CXString *Constraint, CXCursor *Expr)
Given a CXCursor_GCCAsmStmt cursor, get the constraint and expression cursor to the Index-th output.
CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_Cursor_getGCCAssemblyNumOutputs(CXCursor)
Given a CXCursor_GCCAsmStmt cursor, count the number of outputs.
CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_Module_getName(CXModule Module)
CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_Cursor_getGCCAssemblyClobber(CXCursor Cursor, unsigned Index)
Given a CXCursor_GCCAsmStmt cursor, get the Index-th clobber of it.
CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_Cursor_getGCCAssemblyNumInputs(CXCursor)
Given a CXCursor_GCCAsmStmt cursor, count the number of inputs.
CINDEX_LINKAGE CXModule clang_Module_getParent(CXModule Module)
CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_Cursor_isGCCAssemblyHasGoto(CXCursor)
Given a CXCursor_GCCAsmStmt cursor, check if the assembly block has goto labels.
CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_Cursor_getGCCAssemblyNumClobbers(CXCursor Cursor)
Given a CXCursor_GCCAsmStmt cursor, count the clobbers in it.
void * CXModule
Definition Index.h:4643
CINDEX_LINKAGE CXFile clang_Module_getASTFile(CXModule Module)
CINDEX_LINKAGE CXModule clang_Cursor_getModule(CXCursor C)
Given a CXCursor_ModuleImportDecl cursor, return the associated module.
CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_Module_getNumTopLevelHeaders(CXTranslationUnit, CXModule Module)
CINDEX_LINKAGE CXTranslationUnit clang_createTranslationUnit(CXIndex CIdx, const char *ast_filename)
Same as clang_createTranslationUnit2, but returns the CXTranslationUnit instead of an error code.
CINDEX_LINKAGE enum CXErrorCode clang_parseTranslationUnit2FullArgv(CXIndex CIdx, const char *source_filename, const char *const *command_line_args, int num_command_line_args, struct CXUnsavedFile *unsaved_files, unsigned num_unsaved_files, unsigned options, CXTranslationUnit *out_TU)
Same as clang_parseTranslationUnit2 but requires a full command line for command_line_args including ...
CXTUResourceUsageKind
Categorizes how memory is being used by a translation unit.
Definition Index.h:1089
CINDEX_LINKAGE CXTargetInfo clang_getTranslationUnitTargetInfo(CXTranslationUnit CTUnit)
Get target information for this translation unit.
CINDEX_LINKAGE CXTranslationUnit clang_parseTranslationUnit(CXIndex CIdx, const char *source_filename, const char *const *command_line_args, int num_command_line_args, struct CXUnsavedFile *unsaved_files, unsigned num_unsaved_files, unsigned options)
Same as clang_parseTranslationUnit2, but returns the CXTranslationUnit instead of an error code.
CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_defaultEditingTranslationUnitOptions(void)
Returns the set of flags that is suitable for parsing a translation unit that is being edited.
CINDEX_LINKAGE int clang_saveTranslationUnit(CXTranslationUnit TU, const char *FileName, unsigned options)
Saves a translation unit into a serialized representation of that translation unit on disk.
CINDEX_LINKAGE enum CXErrorCode clang_parseTranslationUnit2(CXIndex CIdx, const char *source_filename, const char *const *command_line_args, int num_command_line_args, struct CXUnsavedFile *unsaved_files, unsigned num_unsaved_files, unsigned options, CXTranslationUnit *out_TU)
Parse the given source file and the translation unit corresponding to that file.
CXSaveTranslationUnit_Flags
Flags that control how translation units are saved.
Definition Index.h:922
CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_defaultSaveOptions(CXTranslationUnit TU)
Returns the set of flags that is suitable for saving a translation unit.
CINDEX_LINKAGE int clang_reparseTranslationUnit(CXTranslationUnit TU, unsigned num_unsaved_files, struct CXUnsavedFile *unsaved_files, unsigned options)
Reparse the source files that produced this translation unit.
CINDEX_LINKAGE int clang_TargetInfo_getPointerWidth(CXTargetInfo Info)
Get the pointer width of the target in bits.
CXSaveError
Describes the kind of error that occurred (if any) in a call to clang_saveTranslationUnit().
Definition Index.h:944
CINDEX_LINKAGE enum CXErrorCode clang_createTranslationUnit2(CXIndex CIdx, const char *ast_filename, CXTranslationUnit *out_TU)
Create a translation unit from an AST file (-emit-ast).
CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_TargetInfo_getTriple(CXTargetInfo Info)
Get the normalized target triple as a string.
CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_getTranslationUnitSpelling(CXTranslationUnit CTUnit)
Get the original translation unit source file name.
CINDEX_LINKAGE CXTUResourceUsage clang_getCXTUResourceUsage(CXTranslationUnit TU)
Return the memory usage of a translation unit.
CXTranslationUnit_Flags
Flags that control the creation of translation units.
Definition Index.h:679
CXReparse_Flags
Flags that control the reparsing of translation units.
Definition Index.h:1023
CINDEX_LINKAGE const char * clang_getTUResourceUsageName(enum CXTUResourceUsageKind kind)
Returns the human-readable null-terminated C string that represents the name of the memory category.
CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_defaultReparseOptions(CXTranslationUnit TU)
Returns the set of flags that is suitable for reparsing a translation unit.
CINDEX_LINKAGE void clang_disposeCXTUResourceUsage(CXTUResourceUsage usage)
CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_suspendTranslationUnit(CXTranslationUnit)
Suspend a translation unit in order to free memory associated with it.
CINDEX_LINKAGE void clang_disposeTranslationUnit(CXTranslationUnit)
Destroy the specified CXTranslationUnit object.
CINDEX_LINKAGE CXTranslationUnit clang_createTranslationUnitFromSourceFile(CXIndex CIdx, const char *source_filename, int num_clang_command_line_args, const char *const *clang_command_line_args, unsigned num_unsaved_files, struct CXUnsavedFile *unsaved_files)
Return the CXTranslationUnit for a given source file and the provided command line arguments one woul...
CINDEX_LINKAGE void clang_TargetInfo_dispose(CXTargetInfo Info)
Destroy the CXTargetInfo object.
@ CXTUResourceUsage_PreprocessingRecord
Definition Index.h:1101
@ CXTUResourceUsage_AST
Definition Index.h:1090
@ CXTUResourceUsage_MEMORY_IN_BYTES_BEGIN
Definition Index.h:1104
@ CXTUResourceUsage_Last
Definition Index.h:1109
@ CXTUResourceUsage_ExternalASTSource_Membuffer_MMap
Definition Index.h:1099
@ CXTUResourceUsage_SourceManager_DataStructures
Definition Index.h:1102
@ CXTUResourceUsage_Selectors
Definition Index.h:1092
@ CXTUResourceUsage_First
Definition Index.h:1108
@ CXTUResourceUsage_Preprocessor_HeaderSearch
Definition Index.h:1103
@ CXTUResourceUsage_MEMORY_IN_BYTES_END
Definition Index.h:1105
@ CXTUResourceUsage_AST_SideTables
Definition Index.h:1095
@ CXTUResourceUsage_Preprocessor
Definition Index.h:1100
@ CXTUResourceUsage_SourceManager_Membuffer_Malloc
Definition Index.h:1096
@ CXTUResourceUsage_SourceManagerContentCache
Definition Index.h:1094
@ CXTUResourceUsage_ExternalASTSource_Membuffer_Malloc
Definition Index.h:1098
@ CXTUResourceUsage_Identifiers
Definition Index.h:1091
@ CXTUResourceUsage_GlobalCompletionResults
Definition Index.h:1093
@ CXTUResourceUsage_SourceManager_Membuffer_MMap
Definition Index.h:1097
@ CXSaveTranslationUnit_None
Used to indicate that no special saving options are needed.
Definition Index.h:926
@ CXSaveError_Unknown
Indicates that an unknown error occurred while attempting to save the file.
Definition Index.h:957
@ CXSaveError_InvalidTU
Indicates that the translation unit to be saved was somehow invalid (e.g., NULL).
Definition Index.h:972
@ CXSaveError_TranslationErrors
Indicates that errors during translation prevented this attempt to save the translation unit.
Definition Index.h:966
@ CXSaveError_None
Indicates that no error occurred while saving a translation unit.
Definition Index.h:948
@ CXTranslationUnit_CacheCompletionResults
Used to indicate that the translation unit should cache some code-completion results with each repars...
Definition Index.h:735
@ CXTranslationUnit_CXXChainedPCH
DEPRECATED: Enabled chained precompiled preambles in C++.
Definition Index.h:752
@ CXTranslationUnit_IgnoreNonErrorsFromIncludedFiles
Used to indicate that non-errors from included files should be ignored.
Definition Index.h:820
@ CXTranslationUnit_PrecompiledPreamble
Used to indicate that the translation unit should be built with an implicit precompiled header for th...
Definition Index.h:725
@ CXTranslationUnit_VisitImplicitAttributes
Used to indicate that implicit attributes should be visited.
Definition Index.h:810
@ CXTranslationUnit_SingleFileParse
Sets the preprocessor in a mode for parsing a single file only.
Definition Index.h:792
@ CXTranslationUnit_ForSerialization
Used to indicate that the translation unit will be serialized with clang_saveTranslationUnit.
Definition Index.h:744
@ CXTranslationUnit_DetailedPreprocessingRecord
Used to indicate that the parser should construct a "detailed" preprocessing record,...
Definition Index.h:696
@ CXTranslationUnit_CreatePreambleOnFirstParse
Used to indicate that the precompiled preamble should be created on the first parse.
Definition Index.h:776
@ CXTranslationUnit_IncludeAttributedTypes
Used to indicate that attributed types should be included in CXType.
Definition Index.h:805
@ CXTranslationUnit_RetainExcludedConditionalBlocks
Tells the preprocessor not to skip excluded conditional blocks.
Definition Index.h:825
@ CXTranslationUnit_SkipFunctionBodies
Used to indicate that function/method bodies should be skipped while parsing.
Definition Index.h:761
@ CXTranslationUnit_Incomplete
Used to indicate that the translation unit is incomplete.
Definition Index.h:709
@ CXTranslationUnit_IncludeBriefCommentsInCodeCompletion
Used to indicate that brief documentation comments should be included into the set of code completion...
Definition Index.h:768
@ CXTranslationUnit_KeepGoing
Do not stop processing when fatal errors are encountered.
Definition Index.h:787
@ CXTranslationUnit_None
Used to indicate that no special translation-unit options are needed.
Definition Index.h:684
@ CXTranslationUnit_LimitSkipFunctionBodiesToPreamble
Used in combination with CXTranslationUnit_SkipFunctionBodies to constrain the skipping of function b...
Definition Index.h:800
@ CXReparse_None
Used to indicate that no special reparsing options are needed.
Definition Index.h:1027
CINDEX_LINKAGE long long clang_Type_getSizeOf(CXType T)
Return the size of a type in bytes as per C++[expr.sizeof] standard.
CX_StorageClass
Represents the storage classes as declared in the source.
Definition Index.h:3842
CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_Type_getObjCEncoding(CXType type)
Returns the Objective-C type encoding for the specified CXType.
CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned long long clang_Cursor_getTemplateArgumentUnsignedValue(CXCursor C, unsigned I)
Retrieve the value of an Integral TemplateArgument (of a function decl representing a template specia...
CINDEX_LINKAGE CXCursor clang_getTypeDeclaration(CXType T)
Return the cursor for the declaration of the given type.
CINDEX_LINKAGE CXType clang_getEnumDeclIntegerType(CXCursor C)
Retrieve the integer type of an enum declaration.
CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_Cursor_isMacroFunctionLike(CXCursor C)
Determine whether a CXCursor that is a macro, is function like.
CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_isRestrictQualifiedType(CXType T)
Determine whether a CXType has the "restrict" qualifier set, without looking through typedefs that ma...
CINDEX_LINKAGE int clang_Type_getNumTemplateArguments(CXType T)
Returns the number of template arguments for given template specialization, or -1 if type T is not a ...
CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_Cursor_getBinaryOpcodeStr(enum CX_BinaryOperatorKind Op)
Returns a string containing the spelling of the binary operator.
CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_isVirtualBase(CXCursor)
Returns 1 if the base class specified by the cursor with kind CX_CXXBaseSpecifier is virtual.
CXTypeNullabilityKind
Definition Index.h:3606
CX_BinaryOperatorKind
Represents a specific kind of binary operator which can appear at a cursor.
Definition Index.h:3856
CINDEX_LINKAGE enum CX_StorageClass clang_Cursor_getStorageClass(CXCursor)
Returns the storage class for a function or variable declaration.
CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_Type_getNumObjCProtocolRefs(CXType T)
Retrieve the number of protocol references associated with an ObjC object/id.
CX_CXXAccessSpecifier
Represents the C++ access control level to a base class for a cursor with kind CX_CXXBaseSpecifier.
Definition Index.h:3822
CXRefQualifierKind
Definition Index.h:3770
CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_isFunctionTypeVariadic(CXType T)
Return 1 if the CXType is a variadic function type, and 0 otherwise.
CINDEX_LINKAGE CXType clang_getResultType(CXType T)
Retrieve the return type associated with a function type.
CINDEX_LINKAGE CXType clang_getNonReferenceType(CXType CT)
For reference types (e.g., "const int&"), returns the type that the reference refers to (e....
CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_getDeclObjCTypeEncoding(CXCursor C)
Returns the Objective-C type encoding for the specified declaration.
CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_isPODType(CXType T)
Return 1 if the CXType is a POD (plain old data) type, and 0 otherwise.
CINDEX_LINKAGE CXType clang_Type_getClassType(CXType T)
Return the class type of an member pointer type.
CINDEX_LINKAGE long long clang_Cursor_getTemplateArgumentValue(CXCursor C, unsigned I)
Retrieve the value of an Integral TemplateArgument (of a function decl representing a template specia...
CXCallingConv
Describes the calling convention of a function type.
Definition Index.h:3054
CINDEX_LINKAGE CXType clang_Type_getObjCObjectBaseType(CXType T)
Retrieves the base type of the ObjCObjectType.
CINDEX_LINKAGE enum CX_BinaryOperatorKind clang_Cursor_getBinaryOpcode(CXCursor C)
Returns the operator code for the binary operator.
CINDEX_LINKAGE int clang_Cursor_getNumArguments(CXCursor C)
Retrieve the number of non-variadic arguments associated with a given cursor.
CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_Cursor_isAnonymousRecordDecl(CXCursor C)
Determine whether the given cursor represents an anonymous record declaration.
CINDEX_LINKAGE CXCursor clang_Cursor_getArgument(CXCursor C, unsigned i)
Retrieve the argument cursor of a function or method.
CINDEX_LINKAGE CXType clang_getArgType(CXType T, unsigned i)
Retrieve the type of a parameter of a function type.
CINDEX_LINKAGE CXType clang_Type_getObjCTypeArg(CXType T, unsigned i)
Retrieve a type argument associated with an ObjC object.
CINDEX_LINKAGE CXType clang_getCursorResultType(CXCursor C)
Retrieve the return type associated with a given cursor.
CINDEX_LINKAGE long long clang_getEnumConstantDeclValue(CXCursor C)
Retrieve the integer value of an enum constant declaration as a signed long long.
CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_getTypeKindSpelling(enum CXTypeKind K)
Retrieve the spelling of a given CXTypeKind.
CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_Cursor_isAnonymous(CXCursor C)
Determine whether the given cursor represents an anonymous tag or namespace.
CINDEX_LINKAGE CXType clang_Type_getModifiedType(CXType T)
Return the type that was modified by this attributed type.
CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_getNumOverloadedDecls(CXCursor cursor)
Determine the number of overloaded declarations referenced by a CXCursor_OverloadedDeclRef cursor.
CINDEX_LINKAGE int clang_getNumArgTypes(CXType T)
Retrieve the number of non-variadic parameters associated with a function type.
CINDEX_LINKAGE CXType clang_getArrayElementType(CXType T)
Return the element type of an array type.
CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_Cursor_isBitField(CXCursor C)
Returns non-zero if the cursor specifies a Record member that is a bit-field.
CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_getTypedefName(CXType CT)
Returns the typedef name of the given type.
CINDEX_LINKAGE enum CXTypeNullabilityKind clang_Type_getNullability(CXType T)
Retrieve the nullability kind of a pointer type.
CINDEX_LINKAGE int clang_getFieldDeclBitWidth(CXCursor C)
Retrieve the bit width of a bit-field declaration as an integer.
CINDEX_LINKAGE CXType clang_getUnqualifiedType(CXType CT)
Retrieve the unqualified variant of the given type, removing as little sugar as possible.
CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_isConstQualifiedType(CXType T)
Determine whether a CXType has the "const" qualifier set, without looking through typedefs that may h...
CINDEX_LINKAGE CXType clang_getTypedefDeclUnderlyingType(CXCursor C)
Retrieve the underlying type of a typedef declaration.
CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_getAddressSpace(CXType T)
Returns the address space of the given type.
CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_Type_getNumObjCTypeArgs(CXType T)
Retrieve the number of type arguments associated with an ObjC object.
CINDEX_LINKAGE long long clang_getArraySize(CXType T)
Return the array size of a constant array.
CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_Cursor_isFunctionInlined(CXCursor C)
Determine whether a CXCursor that is a function declaration, is an inline declaration.
CINDEX_LINKAGE CXType clang_Type_getTemplateArgumentAsType(CXType T, unsigned i)
Returns the type template argument of a template class specialization at given index.
CINDEX_LINKAGE int clang_getExceptionSpecificationType(CXType T)
Retrieve the exception specification type associated with a function type.
CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_Type_isTransparentTagTypedef(CXType T)
Determine if a typedef is 'transparent' tag.
CINDEX_LINKAGE enum CXRefQualifierKind clang_Type_getCXXRefQualifier(CXType T)
Retrieve the ref-qualifier kind of a function or method.
CINDEX_LINKAGE int clang_Cursor_getNumTemplateArguments(CXCursor C)
Returns the number of template args of a function, struct, or class decl representing a template spec...
CINDEX_LINKAGE long long clang_Cursor_getOffsetOfField(CXCursor C)
Return the offset of the field represented by the Cursor.
CINDEX_LINKAGE CXType clang_getCanonicalType(CXType T)
Return the canonical type for a CXType.
CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_isVolatileQualifiedType(CXType T)
Determine whether a CXType has the "volatile" qualifier set, without looking through typedefs that ma...
CXTypeKind
Describes the kind of type.
Definition Index.h:2889
CINDEX_LINKAGE CXType clang_getCursorType(CXCursor C)
Retrieve the type of a CXCursor (if any).
CXTypeLayoutError
List the possible error codes for clang_Type_getSizeOf, clang_Type_getAlignOf, clang_Type_getOffsetOf...
Definition Index.h:3649
CINDEX_LINKAGE CXType clang_getPointeeType(CXType T)
For pointer types, returns the type of the pointee.
CINDEX_LINKAGE CXCursor clang_getOverloadedDecl(CXCursor cursor, unsigned index)
Retrieve a cursor for one of the overloaded declarations referenced by a CXCursor_OverloadedDeclRef c...
CINDEX_LINKAGE CXType clang_getElementType(CXType T)
Return the element type of an array, complex, or vector type.
CINDEX_LINKAGE long long clang_Type_getOffsetOf(CXType T, const char *S)
Return the offset of a field named S in a record of type T in bits as it would be returned by offseto...
CINDEX_LINKAGE enum CX_CXXAccessSpecifier clang_getCXXAccessSpecifier(CXCursor)
Returns the access control level for the referenced object.
CINDEX_LINKAGE CXCursor clang_Type_getObjCProtocolDecl(CXType T, unsigned i)
Retrieve the decl for a protocol reference for an ObjC object/id.
CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_equalTypes(CXType A, CXType B)
Determine whether two CXTypes represent the same type.
CINDEX_LINKAGE long long clang_getNumElements(CXType T)
Return the number of elements of an array or vector type.
CINDEX_LINKAGE CXType clang_Type_getNamedType(CXType T)
Retrieve the type named by the qualified-id.
CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_getTypeSpelling(CXType CT)
Pretty-print the underlying type using the rules of the language of the translation unit from which i...
CINDEX_LINKAGE long long clang_getOffsetOfBase(CXCursor Parent, CXCursor Base)
Returns the offset in bits of a CX_CXXBaseSpecifier relative to the parent class.
CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_Cursor_isMacroBuiltin(CXCursor C)
Determine whether a CXCursor that is a macro, is a builtin one.
CINDEX_LINKAGE enum CXTemplateArgumentKind clang_Cursor_getTemplateArgumentKind(CXCursor C, unsigned I)
Retrieve the kind of the I'th template argument of the CXCursor C.
CINDEX_LINKAGE enum CXCallingConv clang_getFunctionTypeCallingConv(CXType T)
Retrieve the calling convention associated with a function type.
CINDEX_LINKAGE CXType clang_Cursor_getTemplateArgumentType(CXCursor C, unsigned I)
Retrieve a CXType representing the type of a TemplateArgument of a function decl representing a templ...
CINDEX_LINKAGE CXType clang_Type_getValueType(CXType CT)
Gets the type contained by this atomic type.
CINDEX_LINKAGE int clang_getCursorExceptionSpecificationType(CXCursor C)
Retrieve the exception specification type associated with a given cursor.
CINDEX_LINKAGE long long clang_Type_getAlignOf(CXType T)
Return the alignment of a type in bytes as per C++[expr.alignof] standard.
CXTemplateArgumentKind
Describes the kind of a template argument.
Definition Index.h:3202
CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned long long clang_getEnumConstantDeclUnsignedValue(CXCursor C)
Retrieve the integer value of an enum constant declaration as an unsigned long long.
CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_Cursor_isInlineNamespace(CXCursor C)
Determine whether the given cursor represents an inline namespace declaration.
@ CX_SC_Register
Definition Index.h:3850
@ CX_SC_Static
Definition Index.h:3846
@ CX_SC_Auto
Definition Index.h:3849
@ CX_SC_PrivateExtern
Definition Index.h:3847
@ CX_SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal
Definition Index.h:3848
@ CX_SC_None
Definition Index.h:3844
@ CX_SC_Extern
Definition Index.h:3845
@ CX_SC_Invalid
Definition Index.h:3843
@ CXTypeNullability_Nullable
Values of this type can be null.
Definition Index.h:3614
@ CXTypeNullability_Invalid
Nullability is not applicable to this type.
Definition Index.h:3625
@ CXTypeNullability_Unspecified
Whether values of this type can be null is (explicitly) unspecified.
Definition Index.h:3621
@ CXTypeNullability_NonNull
Values of this type can never be null.
Definition Index.h:3610
@ CXTypeNullability_NullableResult
Generally behaves like Nullable, except when used in a block parameter that was imported into a swift...
Definition Index.h:3633
@ CX_BO_PtrMemD
Definition Index.h:3858
@ CX_BO_GE
Definition Index.h:3871
@ CX_BO_LOr
Definition Index.h:3878
@ CX_BO_ShrAssign
Definition Index.h:3886
@ CX_BO_SubAssign
Definition Index.h:3884
@ CX_BO_Or
Definition Index.h:3876
@ CX_BO_XorAssign
Definition Index.h:3888
@ CX_BO_EQ
Definition Index.h:3872
@ CX_BO_Invalid
Definition Index.h:3857
@ CX_BO_PtrMemI
Definition Index.h:3859
@ CX_BO_DivAssign
Definition Index.h:3881
@ CX_BO_NE
Definition Index.h:3873
@ CX_BO_Add
Definition Index.h:3863
@ CX_BO_Mul
Definition Index.h:3860
@ CX_BO_Xor
Definition Index.h:3875
@ CX_BO_Comma
Definition Index.h:3890
@ CX_BO_Rem
Definition Index.h:3862
@ CX_BO_ShlAssign
Definition Index.h:3885
@ CX_BO_AddAssign
Definition Index.h:3883
@ CX_BO_OrAssign
Definition Index.h:3889
@ CX_BO_Sub
Definition Index.h:3864
@ CX_BO_Div
Definition Index.h:3861
@ CX_BO_AndAssign
Definition Index.h:3887
@ CX_BO_LE
Definition Index.h:3870
@ CX_BO_LT
Definition Index.h:3868
@ CX_BO_Assign
Definition Index.h:3879
@ CX_BO_LAST
Definition Index.h:3891
@ CX_BO_Shl
Definition Index.h:3865
@ CX_BO_Cmp
Definition Index.h:3867
@ CX_BO_RemAssign
Definition Index.h:3882
@ CX_BO_MulAssign
Definition Index.h:3880
@ CX_BO_LAnd
Definition Index.h:3877
@ CX_BO_Shr
Definition Index.h:3866
@ CX_BO_And
Definition Index.h:3874
@ CX_BO_GT
Definition Index.h:3869
@ CX_CXXPrivate
Definition Index.h:3826
@ CX_CXXInvalidAccessSpecifier
Definition Index.h:3823
@ CX_CXXProtected
Definition Index.h:3825
@ CX_CXXPublic
Definition Index.h:3824
@ CXRefQualifier_LValue
An lvalue ref-qualifier was provided (&).
Definition Index.h:3774
@ CXRefQualifier_None
No ref-qualifier was provided.
Definition Index.h:3772
@ CXRefQualifier_RValue
An rvalue ref-qualifier was provided (&&).
Definition Index.h:3776
@ CXCallingConv_RISCVVLSCall_512
Definition Index.h:3083
@ CXCallingConv_RISCVVectorCall
Definition Index.h:3078
@ CXCallingConv_RISCVVLSCall_32768
Definition Index.h:3089
@ CXCallingConv_Swift
Definition Index.h:3070
@ CXCallingConv_X86_64SysV
Definition Index.h:3068
@ CXCallingConv_X86StdCall
Definition Index.h:3057
@ CXCallingConv_PreserveNone
Definition Index.h:3077
@ CXCallingConv_X86Pascal
Definition Index.h:3060
@ CXCallingConv_Invalid
Definition Index.h:3092
@ CXCallingConv_AAPCS
Definition Index.h:3061
@ CXCallingConv_RISCVVLSCall_128
Definition Index.h:3081
@ CXCallingConv_RISCVVLSCall_256
Definition Index.h:3082
@ CXCallingConv_RISCVVLSCall_32
Definition Index.h:3079
@ CXCallingConv_AAPCS_VFP
Definition Index.h:3062
@ CXCallingConv_RISCVVLSCall_1024
Definition Index.h:3084
@ CXCallingConv_RISCVVLSCall_2048
Definition Index.h:3085
@ CXCallingConv_AArch64VectorCall
Definition Index.h:3073
@ CXCallingConv_SwiftAsync
Definition Index.h:3074
@ CXCallingConv_M68kRTD
Definition Index.h:3076
@ CXCallingConv_IntelOclBicc
Definition Index.h:3064
@ CXCallingConv_Default
Definition Index.h:3055
@ CXCallingConv_X86ThisCall
Definition Index.h:3059
@ CXCallingConv_RISCVVLSCall_4096
Definition Index.h:3086
@ CXCallingConv_X86VectorCall
Definition Index.h:3069
@ CXCallingConv_X86_64Win64
Definition Index.h:3067
@ CXCallingConv_RISCVVLSCall_8192
Definition Index.h:3087
@ CXCallingConv_Win64
Definition Index.h:3065
@ CXCallingConv_PreserveAll
Definition Index.h:3072
@ CXCallingConv_C
Definition Index.h:3056
@ CXCallingConv_RISCVVLSCall_16384
Definition Index.h:3088
@ CXCallingConv_RISCVVLSCall_64
Definition Index.h:3080
@ CXCallingConv_X86RegCall
Definition Index.h:3063
@ CXCallingConv_X86FastCall
Definition Index.h:3058
@ CXCallingConv_RISCVVLSCall_65536
Definition Index.h:3090
@ CXCallingConv_AArch64SVEPCS
Definition Index.h:3075
@ CXCallingConv_Unexposed
Definition Index.h:3093
@ CXCallingConv_PreserveMost
Definition Index.h:3071
@ CXType_LongDouble
Definition Index.h:2923
@ CXType_OCLImage2dMSAAWO
Definition Index.h:2994
@ CXType_OCLImage2dArrayMSAARW
Definition Index.h:3007
@ CXType_OCLImage2dArrayMSAADepthRO
Definition Index.h:2985
@ CXType_VariableArray
Definition Index.h:2959
@ CXType_OCLImage1dArrayRW
Definition Index.h:3000
@ CXType_OCLImage2dMSAADepthWO
Definition Index.h:2996
@ CXType_PredefinedSugar
Definition Index.h:3048
@ CXType_OCLImage2dMSAARW
Definition Index.h:3006
@ CXType_OCLImage1dBufferWO
Definition Index.h:2989
@ CXType_LValueReference
Definition Index.h:2947
@ CXType_ShortAccum
Definition Index.h:2933
@ CXType_Double
Definition Index.h:2922
@ CXType_OCLImage2dArrayMSAAWO
Definition Index.h:2995
@ CXType_OCLIntelSubgroupAVCImeResult
Definition Index.h:3025
@ CXType_OCLIntelSubgroupAVCImeResultDualRefStreamout
Definition Index.h:3035
@ CXType_ObjCSel
Definition Index.h:2929
@ CXType_UShort
Definition Index.h:2908
@ CXType_OCLImage2dArrayRW
Definition Index.h:3003
@ CXType_Unexposed
A type whose specific kind is not exposed via this interface.
Definition Index.h:2899
@ CXType_Pipe
Definition Index.h:2972
@ CXType_OCLIntelSubgroupAVCImeSingleReferenceStreamin
Definition Index.h:3030
@ CXType_ObjCId
Definition Index.h:2927
@ CXType_OCLIntelSubgroupAVCImeResultSingleRefStreamout
Definition Index.h:3034
@ CXType_Invalid
Represents an invalid type (e.g., where no type is available).
Definition Index.h:2893
@ CXType_UAccum
Definition Index.h:2937
@ CXType_UInt128
Definition Index.h:2912
@ CXType_OCLImage2dWO
Definition Index.h:2990
@ CXType_Float16
Definition Index.h:2932
@ CXType_OCLIntelSubgroupAVCImeDualRefStreamin
Definition Index.h:3037
@ CXType_Short
Definition Index.h:2916
@ CXType_OCLImage2dRW
Definition Index.h:3002
@ CXType_LongAccum
Definition Index.h:2935
@ CXType_Float
Definition Index.h:2921
@ CXType_WChar
Definition Index.h:2915
@ CXType_LongLong
Definition Index.h:2919
@ CXType_OCLIntelSubgroupAVCImeSingleRefStreamin
Definition Index.h:3036
@ CXType_OCLImage2dArrayDepthRO
Definition Index.h:2981
@ CXType_OCLImage2dArrayDepthWO
Definition Index.h:2993
@ CXType_ConstantArray
Definition Index.h:2956
@ CXType_Ibm128
Definition Index.h:2940
@ CXType_OCLImage2dDepthRO
Definition Index.h:2980
@ CXType_BFloat16
Definition Index.h:2939
@ CXType_OCLImage1dArrayRO
Definition Index.h:2976
@ CXType_OCLIntelSubgroupAVCSicResult
Definition Index.h:3027
@ CXType_Enum
Definition Index.h:2950
@ CXType_HLSLInlineSpirv
Definition Index.h:3046
@ CXType_FunctionProto
Definition Index.h:2955
@ CXType_OCLImage2dArrayMSAADepthRW
Definition Index.h:3009
@ CXType_MemberPointer
Definition Index.h:2961
@ CXType_OCLImage2dDepthRW
Definition Index.h:3004
@ CXType_ULong
Definition Index.h:2910
@ CXType_ULongLong
Definition Index.h:2911
@ CXType_OCLImage2dArrayMSAARO
Definition Index.h:2983
@ CXType_OCLImage2dMSAADepthRW
Definition Index.h:3008
@ CXType_Typedef
Definition Index.h:2951
@ CXType_Int
Definition Index.h:2917
@ CXType_OCLImage2dArrayMSAADepthWO
Definition Index.h:2997
@ CXType_OCLImage2dMSAADepthRO
Definition Index.h:2984
@ CXType_Half
Definition Index.h:2931
@ CXType_BlockPointer
Definition Index.h:2946
@ CXType_OCLImage1dArrayWO
Definition Index.h:2988
@ CXType_BTFTagAttributed
Definition Index.h:3041
@ CXType_OCLImage2dArrayWO
Definition Index.h:2991
@ CXType_OCLImage1dRO
Definition Index.h:2975
@ CXType_Atomic
Definition Index.h:3040
@ CXType_IncompleteArray
Definition Index.h:2958
@ CXType_Overload
Definition Index.h:2925
@ CXType_OCLIntelSubgroupAVCSicPayload
Definition Index.h:3023
@ CXType_ExtVector
Definition Index.h:3039
@ CXType_Float128
Definition Index.h:2930
@ CXType_OCLIntelSubgroupAVCImeDualReferenceStreamin
Definition Index.h:3031
@ CXType_OCLImage2dArrayDepthRW
Definition Index.h:3005
@ CXType_Complex
Definition Index.h:2944
@ CXType_OCLImage1dBufferRW
Definition Index.h:3001
@ CXType_OCLImage1dRW
Definition Index.h:2999
@ CXType_Long
Definition Index.h:2918
@ CXType_Int128
Definition Index.h:2920
@ CXType_UInt
Definition Index.h:2909
@ CXType_OCLQueue
Definition Index.h:3013
@ CXType_RValueReference
Definition Index.h:2948
@ CXType_OCLImage3dRO
Definition Index.h:2986
@ CXType_DependentSizedArray
Definition Index.h:2960
@ CXType_NullPtr
Definition Index.h:2924
@ CXType_ObjCInterface
Definition Index.h:2952
@ CXType_ObjCClass
Definition Index.h:2928
@ CXType_OCLImage1dBufferRO
Definition Index.h:2977
@ CXType_OCLImage1dWO
Definition Index.h:2987
@ CXType_OCLIntelSubgroupAVCRefPayload
Definition Index.h:3022
@ CXType_Bool
Definition Index.h:2903
@ CXType_ObjCObject
Definition Index.h:3016
@ CXType_OCLImage2dDepthWO
Definition Index.h:2992
@ CXType_Void
Definition Index.h:2902
@ CXType_UShortAccum
Definition Index.h:2936
@ CXType_Vector
Definition Index.h:2957
@ CXType_LastBuiltin
Definition Index.h:2942
@ CXType_OCLEvent
Definition Index.h:3012
@ CXType_OCLImage2dMSAARO
Definition Index.h:2982
@ CXType_Record
Definition Index.h:2949
@ CXType_OCLIntelSubgroupAVCMceResult
Definition Index.h:3024
@ CXType_HLSLResource
Definition Index.h:3044
@ CXType_SChar
Definition Index.h:2914
@ CXType_ObjCObjectPointer
Definition Index.h:2953
@ CXType_OCLIntelSubgroupAVCImeResultSingleReferenceStreamout
Definition Index.h:3028
@ CXType_HLSLAttributedResource
Definition Index.h:3045
@ CXType_Char16
Definition Index.h:2906
@ CXType_ObjCTypeParam
Definition Index.h:3017
@ CXType_UChar
Definition Index.h:2905
@ CXType_Pointer
Definition Index.h:2945
@ CXType_FunctionNoProto
Definition Index.h:2954
@ CXType_Char_S
Definition Index.h:2913
@ CXType_Char_U
Definition Index.h:2904
@ CXType_Accum
Definition Index.h:2934
@ CXType_Auto
Definition Index.h:2962
@ CXType_OCLIntelSubgroupAVCImePayload
Definition Index.h:3021
@ CXType_OCLIntelSubgroupAVCImeResultDualReferenceStreamout
Definition Index.h:3029
@ CXType_FirstBuiltin
Definition Index.h:2941
@ CXType_OCLImage2dRO
Definition Index.h:2978
@ CXType_OCLSampler
Definition Index.h:3011
@ CXType_OCLIntelSubgroupAVCMcePayload
Definition Index.h:3020
@ CXType_Char32
Definition Index.h:2907
@ CXType_Attributed
Definition Index.h:3018
@ CXType_OCLIntelSubgroupAVCRefResult
Definition Index.h:3026
@ CXType_Elaborated
Represents a type that was referred to using an elaborated type keyword.
Definition Index.h:2969
@ CXType_OCLReserveID
Definition Index.h:3014
@ CXType_OCLImage3dRW
Definition Index.h:3010
@ CXType_ULongAccum
Definition Index.h:2938
@ CXType_OCLImage3dWO
Definition Index.h:2998
@ CXType_Dependent
Definition Index.h:2926
@ CXType_OCLImage2dArrayRO
Definition Index.h:2979
@ CXTypeLayoutError_Incomplete
The type is an incomplete Type.
Definition Index.h:3657
@ CXTypeLayoutError_Dependent
The type is a dependent Type.
Definition Index.h:3661
@ CXTypeLayoutError_Undeduced
The type is undeduced.
Definition Index.h:3673
@ CXTypeLayoutError_NotConstantSize
The type is not a constant size type.
Definition Index.h:3665
@ CXTypeLayoutError_Invalid
Type is of kind CXType_Invalid.
Definition Index.h:3653
@ CXTypeLayoutError_InvalidFieldName
The Field name is not valid for this record.
Definition Index.h:3669
@ CXTemplateArgumentKind_NullPtr
Definition Index.h:3206
@ CXTemplateArgumentKind_Expression
Definition Index.h:3210
@ CXTemplateArgumentKind_Pack
Definition Index.h:3211
@ CXTemplateArgumentKind_Declaration
Definition Index.h:3205
@ CXTemplateArgumentKind_Type
Definition Index.h:3204
@ CXTemplateArgumentKind_Null
Definition Index.h:3203
@ CXTemplateArgumentKind_Integral
Definition Index.h:3207
@ CXTemplateArgumentKind_Template
Definition Index.h:3208
@ CXTemplateArgumentKind_TemplateExpansion
Definition Index.h:3209
@ CXTemplateArgumentKind_Invalid
Definition Index.h:3213
CINDEX_LINKAGE void clang_disposeIndex(CXIndex index)
Destroy the given index.
CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_isFileMultipleIncludeGuarded(CXTranslationUnit tu, CXFile file)
Determine whether the given header is guarded against multiple inclusions, either with the convention...
CXGlobalOptFlags
Definition Index.h:298
CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_CXIndex_getGlobalOptions(CXIndex)
Gets the general options associated with a CXIndex.
CXChoice
Definition Index.h:282
CINDEX_LINKAGE CXDiagnostic clang_getDiagnostic(CXTranslationUnit Unit, unsigned Index)
Retrieve a diagnostic associated with the given translation unit.
CINDEX_LINKAGE CXIndex clang_createIndex(int excludeDeclarationsFromPCH, int displayDiagnostics)
Provides a shared context for creating translation units.
CINDEX_LINKAGE const char * clang_getFileContents(CXTranslationUnit tu, CXFile file, size_t *size)
Retrieve the buffer associated with the given file.
struct CXTargetInfoImpl * CXTargetInfo
An opaque type representing target information for a given translation unit.
Definition Index.h:86
CINDEX_LINKAGE void clang_CXIndex_setGlobalOptions(CXIndex, unsigned options)
Sets general options associated with a CXIndex.
CINDEX_LINKAGE CXIndex clang_createIndexWithOptions(const CXIndexOptions *options)
Provides a shared context for creating translation units.
CINDEX_LINKAGE CXSourceLocation clang_getLocation(CXTranslationUnit tu, CXFile file, unsigned line, unsigned column)
Retrieves the source location associated with a given file/line/column in a particular translation un...
CINDEX_LINKAGE CXSourceRangeList * clang_getAllSkippedRanges(CXTranslationUnit tu)
Retrieve all ranges from all files that were skipped by the preprocessor.
CINDEX_LINKAGE CXFile clang_getFile(CXTranslationUnit tu, const char *file_name)
Retrieve a file handle within the given translation unit.
CXCursorKind
Describes the kind of entity that a cursor refers to.
Definition Index.h:1186
CINDEX_LINKAGE CXSourceRangeList * clang_getSkippedRanges(CXTranslationUnit tu, CXFile file)
Retrieve all ranges that were skipped by the preprocessor.
CINDEX_LINKAGE CXSourceLocation clang_getLocationForOffset(CXTranslationUnit tu, CXFile file, unsigned offset)
Retrieves the source location associated with a given character offset in a particular translation un...
struct CXTranslationUnitImpl * CXTranslationUnit
A single translation unit, which resides in an index.
Definition Index.h:91
void * CXClientData
Opaque pointer representing client data that will be passed through to various callbacks and visitors...
Definition Index.h:97
CXCursor_ExceptionSpecificationKind
Describes the exception specification of a cursor.
Definition Index.h:179
CXAvailabilityKind
Describes the availability of a particular entity, which indicates whether the use of this entity wil...
Definition Index.h:130
CINDEX_LINKAGE void clang_CXIndex_setInvocationEmissionPathOption(CXIndex, const char *Path)
Sets the invocation emission path option in a CXIndex.
void * CXIndex
An "index" that consists of a set of translation units that would typically be linked together into a...
Definition Index.h:80
CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_getNumDiagnostics(CXTranslationUnit Unit)
Determine the number of diagnostics produced for the given translation unit.
CINDEX_LINKAGE CXDiagnosticSet clang_getDiagnosticSetFromTU(CXTranslationUnit Unit)
Retrieve the complete set of diagnostics associated with a translation unit.
@ CXGlobalOpt_ThreadBackgroundPriorityForEditing
Used to indicate that threads that libclang creates for editing purposes should use background priori...
Definition Index.h:320
@ CXGlobalOpt_None
Used to indicate that no special CXIndex options are needed.
Definition Index.h:302
@ CXGlobalOpt_ThreadBackgroundPriorityForIndexing
Used to indicate that threads that libclang creates for indexing purposes should use background prior...
Definition Index.h:311
@ CXGlobalOpt_ThreadBackgroundPriorityForAll
Used to indicate that all threads that libclang creates should use background priority.
Definition Index.h:326
@ CXChoice_Disabled
Disable the option.
Definition Index.h:295
@ CXChoice_Enabled
Enable the option.
Definition Index.h:291
@ CXChoice_Default
Use the default value of an option that may depend on the process environment.
Definition Index.h:287
@ CXCursor_OMPCriticalDirective
OpenMP critical directive.
Definition Index.h:1891
@ CXCursor_NSReturnsAutoreleased
Definition Index.h:2268
@ CXCursor_OMPCanonicalLoop
OpenMP canonical loop.
Definition Index.h:2079
@ CXCursor_ObjCInterfaceDecl
An Objective-C @interface.
Definition Index.h:1220
@ CXCursor_LastExpr
Definition Index.h:1694
@ CXCursor_CXXAddrspaceCastExpr
OpenCL's addrspace_cast<> expression.
Definition Index.h:1671
@ CXCursor_ObjCSuperClassRef
Definition Index.h:1283
@ CXCursor_NoDeclFound
Definition Index.h:1383
@ CXCursor_CXXReinterpretCastExpr
C++'s reinterpret_cast<> expression.
Definition Index.h:1519
@ CXCursor_OMPParallelMaskedTaskLoopSimdDirective
OpenMP parallel masked taskloop simd directive.
Definition Index.h:2139
@ CXCursor_ObjCEncodeExpr
An Objective-C @encode expression.
Definition Index.h:1578
@ CXCursor_Namespace
A C++ namespace.
Definition Index.h:1242
@ CXCursor_NSReturnsRetained
Definition Index.h:2266
@ CXCursor_OMPMasterDirective
OpenMP master directive.
Definition Index.h:1887
@ CXCursor_FirstExpr
Definition Index.h:1389
@ CXCursor_OMPSectionsDirective
OpenMP sections directive.
Definition Index.h:1863
@ CXCursor_OMPReverseDirective
OpenMP reverse directive.
Definition Index.h:2151
@ CXCursor_OMPFlushDirective
OpenMP flush directive.
Definition Index.h:1907
@ CXCursor_CXXTypeidExpr
A C++ typeid expression (C++ [expr.typeid]).
Definition Index.h:1537
@ CXCursor_OMPTargetEnterDataDirective
OpenMP target enter data directive.
Definition Index.h:1967
@ CXCursor_OMPParallelDirective
OpenMP parallel directive.
Definition Index.h:1851
@ CXCursor_OMPMasterTaskLoopDirective
OpenMP master taskloop directive.
Definition Index.h:2047
@ CXCursor_TypedefDecl
A typedef.
Definition Index.h:1238
@ CXCursor_IfStmt
An if statement.
Definition Index.h:1739
@ CXCursor_OMPMasterTaskLoopSimdDirective
OpenMP master taskloop simd directive.
Definition Index.h:2055
@ CXCursor_CXXThrowExpr
[C++ 15] C++ Throw Expression.
Definition Index.h:1556
@ CXCursor_OMPTileDirective
OpenMP tile directive.
Definition Index.h:2075
@ CXCursor_OMPTargetTeamsDistributeSimdDirective
OpenMP target teams distribute simd directive.
Definition Index.h:2039
@ CXCursor_PackedAttr
Definition Index.h:2254
@ CXCursor_SEHFinallyStmt
Windows Structured Exception Handling's finally statement.
Definition Index.h:1832
@ CXCursor_UnaryExpr
A unary expression.
Definition Index.h:1570
@ CXCursor_GotoStmt
A goto statement.
Definition Index.h:1759
@ CXCursor_ObjCSelectorExpr
An Objective-C @selector expression.
Definition Index.h:1582
@ CXCursor_CXXAccessSpecifier
An access specifier.
Definition Index.h:1276
@ CXCursor_ObjCBridgedCastExpr
An Objective-C "bridged" cast expression, which casts between Objective-C pointers and C pointers,...
Definition Index.h:1595
@ CXCursor_OMPSimdDirective
OpenMP SIMD directive.
Definition Index.h:1855
@ CXCursor_OMPTeamsDistributeDirective
OpenMP teams distribute directive.
Definition Index.h:2007
@ CXCursor_EnumConstantDecl
An enumerator constant.
Definition Index.h:1212
@ CXCursor_InvalidCode
Definition Index.h:1385
@ CXCursor_OMPArrayShapingExpr
OpenMP 5.0 [2.1.4, Array Shaping].
Definition Index.h:1662
@ CXCursor_LabelRef
A reference to a labeled statement.
Definition Index.h:1332
@ CXCursor_OMPTargetParallelForSimdDirective
OpenMP target parallel for simd directive.
Definition Index.h:1999
@ CXCursor_FirstStmt
Definition Index.h:1697
@ CXCursor_OMPTargetSimdDirective
OpenMP target simd directive.
Definition Index.h:2003
@ CXCursor_ObjCAtFinallyStmt
Objective-C's @finally statement.
Definition Index.h:1792
@ CXCursor_PackExpansionExpr
Represents a C++0x pack expansion that produces a sequence of expressions.
Definition Index.h:1610
@ CXCursor_OMPTeamsGenericLoopDirective
OpenMP teams loop directive.
Definition Index.h:2107
@ CXCursor_ConversionFunction
A C++ conversion function.
Definition Index.h:1250
@ CXCursor_ObjCClassRef
Definition Index.h:1285
@ CXCursor_BuiltinBitCastExpr
C++2a std::bit_cast expression.
Definition Index.h:2043
@ CXCursor_OMPParallelMasterDirective
OpenMP parallel master directive.
Definition Index.h:2063
@ CXCursor_OMPSplitDirective
OpenMP split directive.
Definition Index.h:2171
@ CXCursor_NSConsumesSelf
Definition Index.h:2269
@ CXCursor_ObjCRootClass
Definition Index.h:2277
@ CXCursor_OMPDistributeDirective
OpenMP distribute directive.
Definition Index.h:1963
@ CXCursor_OMPTeamsDistributeParallelForSimdDirective
OpenMP teams distribute parallel for simd directive.
Definition Index.h:2015
@ CXCursor_GNUNullExpr
Implements the GNU __null extension, which is a name for a null pointer constant that has integral ty...
Definition Index.h:1507
@ CXCursor_ConceptDecl
a concept declaration.
Definition Index.h:2316
@ CXCursor_OMPOrderedDirective
OpenMP ordered directive.
Definition Index.h:1915
@ CXCursor_OMPInterchangeDirective
OpenMP interchange directive.
Definition Index.h:2155
@ CXCursor_ClassTemplate
A C++ class template.
Definition Index.h:1260
@ CXCursor_UnionDecl
A C or C++ union.
Definition Index.h:1201
@ CXCursor_OMPMaskedDirective
OpenMP masked directive.
Definition Index.h:2091
@ CXCursor_OMPCancelDirective
OpenMP cancel directive.
Definition Index.h:1947
@ CXCursor_UnexposedStmt
A statement whose specific kind is not exposed via this interface.
Definition Index.h:1707
@ CXCursor_LabelStmt
A labelled statement in a function.
Definition Index.h:1720
@ CXCursor_OMPDistributeParallelForSimdDirective
OpenMP distribute parallel for simd directive.
Definition Index.h:1991
@ CXCursor_ObjCSynthesizeDecl
An Objective-C @synthesize definition.
Definition Index.h:1272
@ CXCursor_LastDecl
Definition Index.h:1279
@ CXCursor_FirstPreprocessing
Definition Index.h:2296
@ CXCursor_ObjCBoolLiteralExpr
Objective-c Boolean Literal.
Definition Index.h:1640
@ CXCursor_MacroInstantiation
Definition Index.h:2294
@ CXCursor_OMPCancellationPointDirective
OpenMP cancellation point directive.
Definition Index.h:1943
@ CXCursor_StringLiteral
A string literal.
Definition Index.h:1438
@ CXCursor_OMPTargetTeamsDistributeDirective
OpenMP target teams distribute directive.
Definition Index.h:2027
@ CXCursor_WarnUnusedResultAttr
Definition Index.h:2286
@ CXCursor_OMPTeamsDistributeSimdDirective
OpenMP teams distribute simd directive.
Definition Index.h:2011
@ CXCursor_GCCAsmStmt
A GCC inline assembly statement extension.
Definition Index.h:1779
@ CXCursor_ObjCIndependentClass
Definition Index.h:2273
@ CXCursor_AsmStmt
Definition Index.h:1780
@ CXCursor_ObjCAvailabilityCheckExpr
Represents an @available(...) check.
Definition Index.h:1653
@ CXCursor_VariableRef
A reference to a variable that occurs in some non-expression context, e.g., a C++ lambda capture list...
Definition Index.h:1376
@ CXCursor_OMPParallelForDirective
OpenMP parallel for directive.
Definition Index.h:1875
@ CXCursor_DLLImport
Definition Index.h:2265
@ CXCursor_SizeOfPackExpr
Represents an expression that computes the length of a parameter pack.
Definition Index.h:1622
@ CXCursor_LastPreprocessing
Definition Index.h:2297
@ CXCursor_GenericSelectionExpr
Represents a C11 generic selection.
Definition Index.h:1497
@ CXCursor_OMPTaskLoopDirective
OpenMP taskloop directive.
Definition Index.h:1955
@ CXCursor_FirstDecl
Definition Index.h:1278
@ CXCursor_OMPSectionDirective
OpenMP section directive.
Definition Index.h:1867
@ CXCursor_CXXStaticCastExpr
C++'s static_cast<> expression.
Definition Index.h:1511
@ CXCursor_SwitchStmt
A switch statement.
Definition Index.h:1743
@ CXCursor_LambdaExpr
Definition Index.h:1636
@ CXCursor_AlignedAttr
Definition Index.h:2287
@ CXCursor_ParmDecl
A function or method parameter.
Definition Index.h:1218
@ CXCursor_ObjCProtocolRef
Definition Index.h:1284
@ CXCursor_AnnotateAttr
Definition Index.h:2252
@ CXCursor_FieldDecl
A field (in C) or non-static data member (in C++) in a struct, union, or C++ class.
Definition Index.h:1210
@ CXCursor_UnexposedAttr
An attribute whose specific kind is not exposed via this interface.
Definition Index.h:2245
@ CXCursor_ObjCAtSynchronizedStmt
Objective-C's @synchronized statement.
Definition Index.h:1800
@ CXCursor_LastInvalid
Definition Index.h:1386
@ CXCursor_OpenACCComputeConstruct
OpenACC Compute Construct.
Definition Index.h:2175
@ CXCursor_NSReturnsNotRetained
Definition Index.h:2267
@ CXCursor_OMPMaskedTaskLoopDirective
OpenMP masked taskloop directive.
Definition Index.h:2127
@ CXCursor_OMPDistributeParallelForDirective
OpenMP distribute parallel for directive.
Definition Index.h:1987
@ CXCursor_OMPAssumeDirective
OpenMP assume directive.
Definition Index.h:2159
@ CXCursor_OMPTeamsDistributeParallelForDirective
OpenMP teams distribute parallel for directive.
Definition Index.h:2019
@ CXCursor_ObjCSelfExpr
Represents the "self" expression in an Objective-C method.
Definition Index.h:1644
@ CXCursor_CXXMethod
A C++ class method.
Definition Index.h:1240
@ CXCursor_OMPMetaDirective
OpenMP metadirective directive.
Definition Index.h:2099
@ CXCursor_AsmLabelAttr
Definition Index.h:2253
@ CXCursor_WarnUnusedAttr
Definition Index.h:2285
@ CXCursor_ObjCSubclassingRestricted
Definition Index.h:2278
@ CXCursor_BlockExpr
An expression that represents a block literal.
Definition Index.h:1422
@ CXCursor_OMPTaskLoopSimdDirective
OpenMP taskloop simd directive.
Definition Index.h:1959
@ CXCursor_OMPTargetExitDataDirective
OpenMP target exit data directive.
Definition Index.h:1971
@ CXCursor_ObjCMessageExpr
An expression that sends a message to an Objective-C object or class.
Definition Index.h:1419
@ CXCursor_DeclStmt
Adaptor class for mixing declarations with statements and expressions.
Definition Index.h:1847
@ CXCursor_OpenACCUpdateConstruct
OpenACC update Construct.
Definition Index.h:2219
@ CXCursor_CXXForRangeStmt
C++'s for (* : *) statement.
Definition Index.h:1820
@ CXCursor_EnumDecl
An enumeration.
Definition Index.h:1205
@ CXCursor_OMPTaskwaitDirective
OpenMP taskwait directive.
Definition Index.h:1903
@ CXCursor_ObjCAutoreleasePoolStmt
Objective-C's autorelease pool statement.
Definition Index.h:1804
@ CXCursor_CompoundAssignOperator
Compound assignment such as "+=".
Definition Index.h:1466
@ CXCursor_MacroExpansion
Definition Index.h:2293
@ CXCursor_ConstAttr
Definition Index.h:2256
@ CXCursor_OMPInteropDirective
OpenMP interop directive.
Definition Index.h:2083
@ CXCursor_OMPDispatchDirective
OpenMP dispatch directive.
Definition Index.h:2087
@ CXCursor_CXXConstCastExpr
C++'s const_cast<> expression.
Definition Index.h:1523
@ CXCursor_OMPGenericLoopDirective
OpenMP loop directive.
Definition Index.h:2103
@ CXCursor_ObjCClassMethodDecl
An Objective-C class method.
Definition Index.h:1232
@ CXCursor_OMPTaskyieldDirective
OpenMP taskyield directive.
Definition Index.h:1895
@ CXCursor_OMPAtomicDirective
OpenMP atomic directive.
Definition Index.h:1919
@ CXCursor_OMPTargetTeamsDirective
OpenMP target teams directive.
Definition Index.h:2023
@ CXCursor_ForStmt
A for statement.
Definition Index.h:1755
@ CXCursor_ConditionalOperator
The ?
Definition Index.h:1470
@ CXCursor_IndirectGotoStmt
An indirect goto statement.
Definition Index.h:1763
@ CXCursor_TranslationUnit
Cursor that represents the translation unit itself.
Definition Index.h:2237
@ CXCursor_PreprocessingDirective
Definition Index.h:2291
@ CXCursor_OpenACCDataConstruct
OpenACC data Construct.
Definition Index.h:2187
@ CXCursor_ConceptSpecializationExpr
Expression that references a C++20 concept.
Definition Index.h:1676
@ CXCursor_DLLExport
Definition Index.h:2264
@ CXCursor_ClassTemplatePartialSpecialization
A C++ class template partial specialization.
Definition Index.h:1262
@ CXCursor_LastStmt
Definition Index.h:2229
@ CXCursor_OMPTargetTeamsGenericLoopDirective
OpenMP target teams loop directive.
Definition Index.h:2111
@ CXCursor_OpenACCExitDataConstruct
OpenACC exit data Construct.
Definition Index.h:2195
@ CXCursor_OMPParallelMaskedTaskLoopDirective
OpenMP parallel masked taskloop directive.
Definition Index.h:2135
@ CXCursor_CXXOverrideAttr
Definition Index.h:2251
@ CXCursor_ObjCProtocolDecl
An Objective-C @protocol declaration.
Definition Index.h:1224
@ CXCursor_ArraySubscriptExpr
[C99 6.5.2.1] Array Subscripting.
Definition Index.h:1457
@ CXCursor_NullStmt
The null statement ";": C99 6.8.3p3.
Definition Index.h:1842
@ CXCursor_FunctionTemplate
A C++ function template.
Definition Index.h:1258
@ CXCursor_IBActionAttr
Definition Index.h:2247
@ CXCursor_NoDuplicateAttr
Definition Index.h:2257
@ CXCursor_ObjCImplementationDecl
An Objective-C @implementation.
Definition Index.h:1234
@ CXCursor_OMPScanDirective
OpenMP scan directive.
Definition Index.h:2071
@ CXCursor_OpenACCInitConstruct
OpenACC init Construct.
Definition Index.h:2207
@ CXCursor_IBOutletCollectionAttr
Definition Index.h:2249
@ CXCursor_TypeRef
A reference to a type declaration.
Definition Index.h:1301
@ CXCursor_CUDAGlobalAttr
Definition Index.h:2260
@ CXCursor_IBOutletAttr
Definition Index.h:2248
@ CXCursor_NamespaceRef
A reference to a namespace or namespace alias.
Definition Index.h:1311
@ CXCursor_DoStmt
A do statement.
Definition Index.h:1751
@ CXCursor_OpenACCSetConstruct
OpenACC set Construct.
Definition Index.h:2215
@ CXCursor_NonTypeTemplateParameter
A C++ non-type template parameter.
Definition Index.h:1254
@ CXCursor_ObjCAtThrowStmt
Objective-C's @throw statement.
Definition Index.h:1796
@ CXCursor_OMPErrorDirective
OpenMP error directive.
Definition Index.h:2143
@ CXCursor_CUDASharedAttr
Definition Index.h:2262
@ CXCursor_IntegerLiteral
An integer literal.
Definition Index.h:1426
@ CXCursor_OMPDepobjDirective
OpenMP depobj directive.
Definition Index.h:2067
@ CXCursor_MSAsmStmt
A MS inline assembly statement extension.
Definition Index.h:1836
@ CXCursor_CUDADeviceAttr
Definition Index.h:2259
@ CXCursor_OpenACCAtomicConstruct
OpenACC atomic Construct.
Definition Index.h:2223
@ CXCursor_OMPFuseDirective
OpenMP fuse directive.
Definition Index.h:2167
@ CXCursor_OMPBarrierDirective
OpenMP barrier directive.
Definition Index.h:1899
@ CXCursor_ObjCNSObject
Definition Index.h:2272
@ CXCursor_ContinueStmt
A continue statement.
Definition Index.h:1767
@ CXCursor_OMPSingleDirective
OpenMP single directive.
Definition Index.h:1871
@ CXCursor_FunctionDecl
A function.
Definition Index.h:1214
@ CXCursor_FloatingLiteral
A floating point number literal.
Definition Index.h:1430
@ CXCursor_CompoundStmt
A group of statements like { stmt stmt }.
Definition Index.h:1727
@ CXCursor_ObjCPropertyDecl
An Objective-C @property declaration.
Definition Index.h:1226
@ CXCursor_MemberRefExpr
An expression that refers to a member of a struct, union, class, Objective-C class,...
Definition Index.h:1412
@ CXCursor_Destructor
A C++ destructor.
Definition Index.h:1248
@ CXCursor_ObjCIvarDecl
An Objective-C instance variable.
Definition Index.h:1228
@ CXCursor_OMPForSimdDirective
OpenMP for SIMD directive.
Definition Index.h:1923
@ CXCursor_OMPParallelSectionsDirective
OpenMP parallel sections directive.
Definition Index.h:1879
@ CXCursor_CStyleCastExpr
An explicit cast in C (C99 6.5.4) or a C-style cast in C++ (C++ [expr.cast]), which uses the syntax (...
Definition Index.h:1477
@ CXCursor_TypeAliasTemplateDecl
Definition Index.h:2304
@ CXCursor_FixedPointLiteral
Fixed point literal.
Definition Index.h:1658
@ CXCursor_FirstInvalid
Definition Index.h:1381
@ CXCursor_InvalidFile
Definition Index.h:1382
@ CXCursor_CXXNullPtrLiteralExpr
[C++0x 2.14.7] C++ Pointer Literal.
Definition Index.h:1545
@ CXCursor_CXXParenListInitExpr
Expression that references a C++20 parenthesized list aggregate initializer.
Definition Index.h:1687
@ CXCursor_TemplateRef
A reference to a class template, function template, template template parameter, or class template pa...
Definition Index.h:1307
@ CXCursor_ObjCCategoryImplDecl
An Objective-C @implementation for a category.
Definition Index.h:1236
@ CXCursor_OMPMaskedTaskLoopSimdDirective
OpenMP masked taskloop simd directive.
Definition Index.h:2131
@ CXCursor_ObjCExplicitProtocolImpl
Definition Index.h:2279
@ CXCursor_NSConsumed
Definition Index.h:2270
@ CXCursor_OMPTaskDirective
OpenMP task directive.
Definition Index.h:1883
@ CXCursor_BinaryOperator
A builtin binary operation expression such as "x + y" or "x <= y".
Definition Index.h:1462
@ CXCursor_OpenACCWaitConstruct
OpenACC wait Construct.
Definition Index.h:2203
@ CXCursor_OpenACCLoopConstruct
OpenACC Loop Construct.
Definition Index.h:2179
@ CXCursor_UnexposedExpr
An expression whose specific kind is not exposed via this interface.
Definition Index.h:1400
@ CXCursor_ObjCDynamicDecl
An Objective-C @dynamic definition.
Definition Index.h:1274
@ CXCursor_ImaginaryLiteral
An imaginary number literal.
Definition Index.h:1434
@ CXCursor_PureAttr
Definition Index.h:2255
@ CXCursor_OMPParallelMasterTaskLoopSimdDirective
OpenMP parallel master taskloop simd directive.
Definition Index.h:2059
@ CXCursor_LastExtraDecl
Definition Index.h:2319
@ CXCursor_CaseStmt
A case statement.
Definition Index.h:1731
@ CXCursor_OMPTargetParallelForDirective
OpenMP target parallel for directive.
Definition Index.h:1979
@ CXCursor_OMPTargetDirective
OpenMP target directive.
Definition Index.h:1931
@ CXCursor_CharacterLiteral
A character literal.
Definition Index.h:1442
@ CXCursor_OMPParallelGenericLoopDirective
OpenMP parallel loop directive.
Definition Index.h:2115
@ CXCursor_MacroDefinition
Definition Index.h:2292
@ CXCursor_CUDAConstantAttr
Definition Index.h:2258
@ CXCursor_CallExpr
An expression that calls a function.
Definition Index.h:1415
@ CXCursor_DeclRefExpr
An expression that refers to some value declaration, such as a function, variable,...
Definition Index.h:1406
@ CXCursor_UnaryOperator
This represents the unary-expression's (except sizeof and alignof).
Definition Index.h:1453
@ CXCursor_VarDecl
A variable.
Definition Index.h:1216
@ CXCursor_TemplateTypeParameter
A C++ template type parameter.
Definition Index.h:1252
@ CXCursor_TemplateTemplateParameter
A C++ template template parameter.
Definition Index.h:1256
@ CXCursor_UnexposedDecl
A declaration whose specific kind is not exposed via this interface.
Definition Index.h:1197
@ CXCursor_OpenACCCacheConstruct
OpenACC cache Construct.
Definition Index.h:2227
@ CXCursor_OMPParallelForSimdDirective
OpenMP parallel for SIMD directive.
Definition Index.h:1927
@ CXCursor_OMPTargetDataDirective
OpenMP target data directive.
Definition Index.h:1951
@ CXCursor_OMPForDirective
OpenMP for directive.
Definition Index.h:1859
@ CXCursor_ObjCInstanceMethodDecl
An Objective-C instance method.
Definition Index.h:1230
@ CXCursor_FirstAttr
Definition Index.h:2240
@ CXCursor_StructDecl
A C or C++ struct.
Definition Index.h:1199
@ CXCursor_SEHExceptStmt
Windows Structured Exception Handling's except statement.
Definition Index.h:1828
@ CXCursor_StmtExpr
This is the GNU Statement Expression extension: ({int X=4; X;})
Definition Index.h:1493
@ CXCursor_FirstExtraDecl
Definition Index.h:2318
@ CXCursor_CXXTryStmt
C++'s try statement.
Definition Index.h:1816
@ CXCursor_UsingDeclaration
A C++ using declaration.
Definition Index.h:1268
@ CXCursor_AddrLabelExpr
The GNU address of label extension, representing &&label.
Definition Index.h:1489
@ CXCursor_LinkageSpec
A linkage specification, e.g.
Definition Index.h:1244
@ CXCursor_ClassDecl
A C++ class.
Definition Index.h:1203
@ CXCursor_SEHTryStmt
Windows Structured Exception Handling's try statement.
Definition Index.h:1824
@ CXCursor_CXXFunctionalCastExpr
Represents an explicit C++ type conversion that uses "functional" notion (C++ [expr....
Definition Index.h:1533
@ CXCursor_CXXDynamicCastExpr
C++'s dynamic_cast<> expression.
Definition Index.h:1515
@ CXCursor_ObjCCategoryDecl
An Objective-C @interface for a category.
Definition Index.h:1222
@ CXCursor_ConvergentAttr
Definition Index.h:2284
@ CXCursor_OMPTargetTeamsDistributeParallelForDirective
OpenMP target teams distribute parallel for directive.
Definition Index.h:2031
@ CXCursor_StaticAssert
A static_assert or _Static_assert node.
Definition Index.h:2308
@ CXCursor_ModuleImportDecl
A module import declaration.
Definition Index.h:2303
@ CXCursor_NotImplemented
Definition Index.h:1384
@ CXCursor_CXXBoolLiteralExpr
[C++ 2.13.5] C++ Boolean Literal.
Definition Index.h:1541
@ CXCursor_DefaultStmt
A default statement.
Definition Index.h:1735
@ CXCursor_ReturnStmt
A return statement.
Definition Index.h:1775
@ CXCursor_MemberRef
A reference to a member of a struct, union, or class that occurs in some non-expression context,...
Definition Index.h:1316
@ CXCursor_FirstRef
Definition Index.h:1282
@ CXCursor_OpenACCCombinedConstruct
OpenACC Combined Constructs.
Definition Index.h:2183
@ CXCursor_CXXCatchStmt
C++'s catch statement.
Definition Index.h:1812
@ CXCursor_OMPUnrollDirective
OpenMP unroll directive.
Definition Index.h:2095
@ CXCursor_OMPScopeDirective
OpenMP scope directive.
Definition Index.h:2147
@ CXCursor_PackIndexingExpr
Represents a C++26 pack indexing expression.
Definition Index.h:1692
@ CXCursor_ObjCException
Definition Index.h:2271
@ CXCursor_NamespaceAlias
A C++ namespace alias declaration.
Definition Index.h:1264
@ CXCursor_OMPTeamsDirective
OpenMP teams directive.
Definition Index.h:1935
@ CXCursor_OpenACCHostDataConstruct
OpenACC host_data Construct.
Definition Index.h:2199
@ CXCursor_ArraySectionExpr
OpenMP 5.0 [2.1.5, Array Section].
Definition Index.h:1649
@ CXCursor_OverloadedDeclRef
A reference to a set of overloaded functions or function templates that has not yet been resolved to ...
Definition Index.h:1370
@ CXCursor_SEHLeaveStmt
Windows Structured Exception Handling's leave statement.
Definition Index.h:1911
@ CXCursor_InitListExpr
Describes an C or C++ initializer list.
Definition Index.h:1485
@ CXCursor_CXXThisExpr
Represents the "this" expression in C++.
Definition Index.h:1549
@ CXCursor_ObjCDesignatedInitializer
Definition Index.h:2280
@ CXCursor_Constructor
A C++ constructor.
Definition Index.h:1246
@ CXCursor_WhileStmt
A while statement.
Definition Index.h:1747
@ CXCursor_ObjCRuntimeVisible
Definition Index.h:2281
@ CXCursor_OverloadCandidate
A code completion overload candidate.
Definition Index.h:2324
@ CXCursor_LastRef
Definition Index.h:1378
@ CXCursor_ObjCStringLiteral
An Objective-C string literal i.e.
Definition Index.h:1574
@ CXCursor_FriendDecl
a friend declaration.
Definition Index.h:2312
@ CXCursor_ObjCRequiresSuper
Definition Index.h:2276
@ CXCursor_BreakStmt
A break statement.
Definition Index.h:1771
@ CXCursor_CXXFinalAttr
Definition Index.h:2250
@ CXCursor_OMPDistributeSimdDirective
OpenMP distribute simd directive.
Definition Index.h:1995
@ CXCursor_CUDAHostAttr
Definition Index.h:2261
@ CXCursor_InclusionDirective
Definition Index.h:2295
@ CXCursor_FlagEnum
Definition Index.h:2283
@ CXCursor_OMPTargetParallelGenericLoopDirective
OpenMP target parallel loop directive.
Definition Index.h:2119
@ CXCursor_OMPTargetParallelDirective
OpenMP target parallel directive.
Definition Index.h:1975
@ CXCursor_TypeAliasDecl
A C++ alias declaration.
Definition Index.h:1270
@ CXCursor_OMPTargetUpdateDirective
OpenMP target update directive.
Definition Index.h:1983
@ CXCursor_ParenExpr
A parenthesized expression, e.g.
Definition Index.h:1448
@ CXCursor_ObjCForCollectionStmt
Objective-C's collection statement.
Definition Index.h:1808
@ CXCursor_OMPParallelMasterTaskLoopDirective
OpenMP parallel master taskloop directive.
Definition Index.h:2051
@ CXCursor_UsingDirective
A C++ using directive.
Definition Index.h:1266
@ CXCursor_LastAttr
Definition Index.h:2288
@ CXCursor_ObjCBoxable
Definition Index.h:2282
@ CXCursor_OMPStripeDirective
OpenMP assume directive.
Definition Index.h:2163
@ CXCursor_OMPTaskgroupDirective
OpenMP taskgroup directive.
Definition Index.h:1939
@ CXCursor_CXXBaseSpecifier
Definition Index.h:1302
@ CXCursor_CXXNewExpr
A new expression for memory allocation and constructor calls, e.g: "new CXXNewExpr(foo)".
Definition Index.h:1561
@ CXCursor_CXXDeleteExpr
A delete expression for memory deallocation and destructor calls, e.g.
Definition Index.h:1566
@ CXCursor_ObjCProtocolExpr
An Objective-C @protocol expression.
Definition Index.h:1586
@ CXCursor_ObjCReturnsInnerPointer
Definition Index.h:2275
@ CXCursor_OpenACCShutdownConstruct
OpenACC shutdown Construct.
Definition Index.h:2211
@ CXCursor_ObjCPreciseLifetime
Definition Index.h:2274
@ CXCursor_VisibilityAttr
Definition Index.h:2263
@ CXCursor_OMPParallelMaskedDirective
OpenMP parallel masked directive.
Definition Index.h:2123
@ CXCursor_CompoundLiteralExpr
[C99 6.5.2.5]
Definition Index.h:1481
@ CXCursor_OMPIteratorExpr
OpenMP 5.0 [2.1.6 Iterators].
Definition Index.h:1667
@ CXCursor_RequiresExpr
Expression that references a C++20 requires expression.
Definition Index.h:1681
@ CXCursor_OMPTargetTeamsDistributeParallelForSimdDirective
OpenMP target teams distribute parallel for simd directive.
Definition Index.h:2035
@ CXCursor_ObjCAtTryStmt
Objective-C's overall @try-@catch-@finally statement.
Definition Index.h:1784
@ CXCursor_OpenACCEnterDataConstruct
OpenACC enter data Construct.
Definition Index.h:2191
@ CXCursor_ObjCAtCatchStmt
Objective-C's @catch statement.
Definition Index.h:1788
@ CXCursor_ExceptionSpecificationKind_MSAny
The cursor has exception specification throw(...).
Definition Index.h:198
@ CXCursor_ExceptionSpecificationKind_BasicNoexcept
The cursor has exception specification basic noexcept.
Definition Index.h:203
@ CXCursor_ExceptionSpecificationKind_DynamicNone
The cursor has exception specification throw()
Definition Index.h:188
@ CXCursor_ExceptionSpecificationKind_ComputedNoexcept
The cursor has exception specification computed noexcept.
Definition Index.h:208
@ CXCursor_ExceptionSpecificationKind_NoThrow
The cursor has a __declspec(nothrow) exception specification.
Definition Index.h:228
@ CXCursor_ExceptionSpecificationKind_Unevaluated
The exception specification has not yet been evaluated.
Definition Index.h:213
@ CXCursor_ExceptionSpecificationKind_Dynamic
The cursor has exception specification throw(T1, T2)
Definition Index.h:193
@ CXCursor_ExceptionSpecificationKind_Unparsed
The exception specification has not been parsed yet.
Definition Index.h:223
@ CXCursor_ExceptionSpecificationKind_None
The cursor has no exception specification.
Definition Index.h:183
@ CXCursor_ExceptionSpecificationKind_Uninstantiated
The exception specification has not yet been instantiated.
Definition Index.h:218
@ CXAvailability_Available
The entity is available.
Definition Index.h:134
@ CXAvailability_Deprecated
The entity is available, but has been deprecated (and its use is not recommended).
Definition Index.h:139
@ CXAvailability_NotAccessible
The entity is available, but not accessible; any use of it will be an error.
Definition Index.h:148
@ CXAvailability_NotAvailable
The entity is not available; any use of it will be an error.
Definition Index.h:143
Contains the results of code-completion.
Definition Index.h:5529
unsigned NumResults
The number of code-completion results stored in the Results array.
Definition Index.h:5539
CXCompletionResult * Results
The code-completion results.
Definition Index.h:5533
A single result of code completion.
Definition Index.h:5195
CXCompletionString CompletionString
The code-completion string that describes how to insert this code-completion result into the editing ...
Definition Index.h:5212
enum CXCursorKind CursorKind
The kind of entity that this completion refers to.
Definition Index.h:5206
enum CXVisitorResult(* visit)(void *context, CXCursor, CXSourceRange)
Definition Index.h:6097
A cursor representing some element in the abstract syntax tree for a translation unit.
Definition Index.h:2345
const void * data[3]
Definition Index.h:2348
int xdata
Definition Index.h:2347
enum CXCursorKind kind
Definition Index.h:2346
CXIdxLoc loc
Definition Index.h:6314
CXIdxAttrKind kind
Definition Index.h:6312
CXCursor cursor
Definition Index.h:6313
const CXIdxEntityInfo * base
Definition Index.h:6379
CXCursor cursor
Definition Index.h:6380
const CXIdxDeclInfo * declInfo
Definition Index.h:6416
const CXIdxBaseClassInfo *const * bases
Definition Index.h:6417
CXCursor cursor
Definition Index.h:6329
int isImplicit
Whether the declaration exists in code or was created implicitly by the compiler, e....
Definition Index.h:6359
const CXIdxContainerInfo * semanticContainer
Definition Index.h:6345
unsigned flags
Definition Index.h:6363
const CXIdxContainerInfo * declAsContainer
Definition Index.h:6354
int isRedeclaration
Definition Index.h:6351
CXIdxLoc loc
Definition Index.h:6344
int isDefinition
Definition Index.h:6352
const CXIdxEntityInfo * entityInfo
Definition Index.h:6342
unsigned numAttributes
Definition Index.h:6361
const CXIdxAttrInfo *const * attributes
Definition Index.h:6360
CXCursor cursor
Definition Index.h:6343
int isContainer
Definition Index.h:6353
const CXIdxContainerInfo * lexicalContainer
Generally same as semanticContainer but can be different in cases like out-of-line C++ member functio...
Definition Index.h:6350
const char * USR
Definition Index.h:6322
const char * name
Definition Index.h:6321
CXIdxEntityKind kind
Definition Index.h:6318
CXCursor cursor
Definition Index.h:6323
CXIdxEntityCXXTemplateKind templateKind
Definition Index.h:6319
CXIdxEntityLanguage lang
Definition Index.h:6320
unsigned numAttributes
Definition Index.h:6325
const CXIdxAttrInfo *const * attributes
Definition Index.h:6324
Data for IndexerCallbacks::indexEntityReference.
Definition Index.h:6461
CXIdxEntityRefKind kind
Definition Index.h:6462
CXCursor cursor
Reference cursor.
Definition Index.h:6466
const CXIdxContainerInfo * container
Lexical container context of the reference.
Definition Index.h:6487
CXSymbolRole role
Sets of symbol roles of the reference.
Definition Index.h:6491
const CXIdxEntityInfo * referencedEntity
The entity that gets referenced.
Definition Index.h:6471
const CXIdxEntityInfo * parentEntity
Immediate "parent" of the reference.
Definition Index.h:6483
const CXIdxAttrInfo * attrInfo
Definition Index.h:6333
const CXIdxEntityInfo * objcClass
Definition Index.h:6334
Data for IndexerCallbacks::importedASTFile.
Definition Index.h:6222
CXIdxLoc loc
Location where the file is imported.
Definition Index.h:6234
CXFile file
Top level AST file containing the imported PCH, module or submodule.
Definition Index.h:6226
int isImplicit
Non-zero if an inclusion directive was automatically turned into a module import.
Definition Index.h:6239
CXModule module
The imported module or NULL if the AST file is a PCH.
Definition Index.h:6230
Data for ppIncludedFile callback.
Definition Index.h:6197
CXIdxLoc hashLoc
Location of '#' in the #include/#import directive.
Definition Index.h:6201
CXFile file
The actual file that the #include/#import directive resolved to.
Definition Index.h:6209
int isModuleImport
Non-zero if the directive was automatically turned into a module import.
Definition Index.h:6216
const char * filename
Filename as written in the #include/#import directive.
Definition Index.h:6205
Source location passed to index callbacks.
Definition Index.h:6189
unsigned int_data
Definition Index.h:6191
void * ptr_data[2]
Definition Index.h:6190
const CXIdxEntityInfo * objcClass
Definition Index.h:6403
const CXIdxObjCProtocolRefListInfo * protocols
Definition Index.h:6406
const CXIdxObjCContainerDeclInfo * containerInfo
Definition Index.h:6402
const CXIdxDeclInfo * declInfo
Definition Index.h:6374
CXIdxObjCContainerKind kind
Definition Index.h:6375
const CXIdxBaseClassInfo * superInfo
Definition Index.h:6397
const CXIdxObjCContainerDeclInfo * containerInfo
Definition Index.h:6396
const CXIdxObjCProtocolRefListInfo * protocols
Definition Index.h:6398
const CXIdxEntityInfo * setter
Definition Index.h:6412
const CXIdxEntityInfo * getter
Definition Index.h:6411
const CXIdxDeclInfo * declInfo
Definition Index.h:6410
const CXIdxEntityInfo * protocol
Definition Index.h:6385
const CXIdxObjCProtocolRefInfo *const * protocols
Definition Index.h:6391
Index initialization options.
Definition Index.h:353
unsigned char ThreadBackgroundPriorityForEditing
A CXChoice enumerator that specifies the editing priority policy.
Definition Index.h:370
unsigned char ThreadBackgroundPriorityForIndexing
A CXChoice enumerator that specifies the indexing priority policy.
Definition Index.h:365
unsigned Size
The size of struct CXIndexOptions used for option versioning.
Definition Index.h:360
const char * InvocationEmissionPath
Specifies a path which will contain log files for certain libclang invocations.
Definition Index.h:400
unsigned ExcludeDeclarationsFromPCH
Definition Index.h:374
unsigned StorePreamblesInMemory
Store PCH in memory.
Definition Index.h:382
const char * PreambleStoragePath
The path to a directory, in which to store temporary PCH files.
Definition Index.h:395
unsigned DisplayDiagnostics
Definition Index.h:378
Describes the availability of a given entity on a particular platform, e.g., a particular class might...
Definition Index.h:2526
CXString Platform
A string that describes the platform for which this structure provides availability information.
Definition Index.h:2533
CXVersion Obsoleted
The version number in which this entity was obsoleted, and therefore is no longer available.
Definition Index.h:2547
CXString Message
An optional message to provide to a user of this API, e.g., to suggest replacement APIs.
Definition Index.h:2556
int Unavailable
Whether the entity is unconditionally unavailable on this platform.
Definition Index.h:2551
CXVersion Deprecated
The version number in which this entity was deprecated (but is still available).
Definition Index.h:2542
CXVersion Introduced
The version number in which this entity was introduced.
Definition Index.h:2537
Identifies a specific source location within a translation unit.
Identifies an array of ranges.
Identifies a half-open character range in the source code.
A character string.
Definition CXString.h:37
enum CXTUResourceUsageKind kind
Definition Index.h:1121
unsigned long amount
Definition Index.h:1124
The memory usage of a CXTranslationUnit, broken into categories.
Definition Index.h:1130
CXTUResourceUsageEntry * entries
Definition Index.h:1139
unsigned numEntries
Definition Index.h:1135
Describes a single preprocessing token.
Definition Index.h:5037
unsigned int_data[4]
Definition Index.h:5038
void * ptr_data
Definition Index.h:5039
The type of an element in the abstract syntax tree.
Definition Index.h:3100
enum CXTypeKind kind
Definition Index.h:3101
void * data[2]
Definition Index.h:3102
Provides the contents of a file that has not yet been saved to disk.
Definition Index.h:106
const char * Filename
The file whose contents have not yet been saved.
Definition Index.h:112
unsigned long Length
The length of the unsaved contents of this buffer.
Definition Index.h:122
const char * Contents
A buffer containing the unsaved contents of this file.
Definition Index.h:117
Describes a version number of the form major.minor.subminor.
Definition Index.h:154
int Major
The major version number, e.g., the '10' in '10.7.3'.
Definition Index.h:159
int Subminor
The subminor version number, e.g., the '3' in '10.7.3'.
Definition Index.h:171
int Minor
The minor version number, e.g., the '7' in '10.7.3'.
Definition Index.h:165
A group of callbacks used by clang_indexSourceFile and clang_indexTranslationUnit.
Definition Index.h:6498
void(* diagnostic)(CXClientData client_data, CXDiagnosticSet, void *reserved)
Called at the end of indexing; passes the complete diagnostic set.
Definition Index.h:6508
CXIdxClientContainer(* startedTranslationUnit)(CXClientData client_data, void *reserved)
Called at the beginning of indexing a translation unit.
Definition Index.h:6533
void(* indexDeclaration)(CXClientData client_data, const CXIdxDeclInfo *)
Definition Index.h:6536
void(* indexEntityReference)(CXClientData client_data, const CXIdxEntityRefInfo *)
Called to index a reference of an entity.
Definition Index.h:6541
CXIdxClientASTFile(* importedASTFile)(CXClientData client_data, const CXIdxImportedASTFileInfo *)
Called when a AST file (PCH or module) gets imported.
Definition Index.h:6527
CXIdxClientFile(* enteredMainFile)(CXClientData client_data, CXFile mainFile, void *reserved)
Definition Index.h:6510
int(* abortQuery)(CXClientData client_data, void *reserved)
Called periodically to check whether indexing should be aborted.
Definition Index.h:6503
CXIdxClientFile(* ppIncludedFile)(CXClientData client_data, const CXIdxIncludedFileInfo *)
Called when a file gets #included/#imported.
Definition Index.h:6516